WO2003102187A1 - Self-coalescing or self-aggregating proteins derived from a membrane translocating sequence - Google Patents

Self-coalescing or self-aggregating proteins derived from a membrane translocating sequence Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2003102187A1
WO2003102187A1 PCT/AU2003/000667 AU0300667W WO03102187A1 WO 2003102187 A1 WO2003102187 A1 WO 2003102187A1 AU 0300667 W AU0300667 W AU 0300667W WO 03102187 A1 WO03102187 A1 WO 03102187A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
amino acid
aggregate
modified form
acid residue
sequence
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/AU2003/000667
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Frank Koentgen
Original Assignee
Scegen Pty Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Scegen Pty Ltd filed Critical Scegen Pty Ltd
Priority to EP03722087A priority Critical patent/EP1511846A4/en
Priority to JP2004510425A priority patent/JP2005528107A/en
Priority to AU2003229392A priority patent/AU2003229392A1/en
Publication of WO2003102187A1 publication Critical patent/WO2003102187A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/52Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • C07K14/53Colony-stimulating factor [CSF]
    • C07K14/535Granulocyte CSF; Granulocyte-macrophage CSF
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K19/00Hybrid peptides, i.e. peptides covalently bound to nucleic acids, or non-covalently bound protein-protein complexes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/04Immunostimulants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/195Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from bacteria
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/52Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • C07K14/521Chemokines
    • C07K14/523Beta-chemokines, e.g. RANTES, I-309/TCA-3, MIP-1alpha, MIP-1beta/ACT-2/LD78/SCIF, MCP-1/MCAF, MCP-2, MCP-3, LDCF-1, LDCF-2
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/52Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • C07K14/525Tumour necrosis factor [TNF]
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/52Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • C07K14/54Interleukins [IL]
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/52Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • C07K14/54Interleukins [IL]
    • C07K14/545IL-1
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/52Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • C07K14/54Interleukins [IL]
    • C07K14/55IL-2
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/52Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • C07K14/555Interferons [IFN]
    • C07K14/565IFN-beta
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/665Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans derived from pro-opiomelanocortin, pro-enkephalin or pro-dynorphin
    • C07K14/68Melanocyte-stimulating hormone [MSH]
    • C07K14/69Beta-melanotropin
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/665Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans derived from pro-opiomelanocortin, pro-enkephalin or pro-dynorphin
    • C07K14/695Corticotropin [ACTH]
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • C07K14/7056Lectin superfamily, e.g. CD23, CD72
    • C07K14/70564Selectins, e.g. CD62
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • C07K14/70575NGF/TNF-superfamily, e.g. CD70, CD95L, CD153, CD154
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/62DNA sequences coding for fusion proteins
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/62DNA sequences coding for fusion proteins
    • C12N15/625DNA sequences coding for fusion proteins containing a sequence coding for a signal sequence
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/01Fusion polypeptide containing a localisation/targetting motif
    • C07K2319/035Fusion polypeptide containing a localisation/targetting motif containing a signal for targeting to the external surface of a cell, e.g. to the outer membrane of Gram negative bacteria, GPI- anchored eukaryote proteins
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/40Fusion polypeptide containing a tag for immunodetection, or an epitope for immunisation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/70Fusion polypeptide containing domain for protein-protein interaction
    • C07K2319/74Fusion polypeptide containing domain for protein-protein interaction containing a fusion for binding to a cell surface receptor
    • C07K2319/75Fusion polypeptide containing domain for protein-protein interaction containing a fusion for binding to a cell surface receptor containing a fusion for activation of a cell surface receptor, e.g. thrombopoeitin, NPY and other peptide hormones

Definitions

  • THIS INVENTION relates generally to active molecules and more particularly to a method for enhancing the activity of a molecule, or for combining individual activities of different molecules, by linking, fusing or otherwise associating the molecule(s) with a self-coalescing element, whereby the chimeric molecule so formed self-assembles into a higher molecular weight aggregate.
  • the present invention also relates to those chimeric molecules per se and to their use in therapeutic, prophylactic and chemical process applications.
  • a protein's size is through chemical cross-linking with another protein.
  • chemical cross-linking agents are used to conjugate an antigen of interest to a carrier protein.
  • the carrier serves to non-specifically stimulate T helper cell activity and to direct the antigen to an antigen-presenting cell (e.g., a professional antigen-presenting cell such as a dendritic cell), where the antigen is processed and presented at the cell surface in the context of the maj or histocompatibility complex (MHC) .
  • MHC histocompatibility complex
  • small peptide antigens are often coupled to protein carriers such as tetanus toxoid (Muller et al, 1982, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 19: 569-573), keyhole limpet haemocyanin (Bittle et al, 1982, Nature 298: 30- 33), ovalbumin, and sperm whale myoglobin, to raise an immune response.
  • protein carriers such as tetanus toxoid (Muller et al, 1982, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 19: 569-573), keyhole limpet haemocyanin (Bittle et al, 1982, Nature 298: 30- 33), ovalbumin, and sperm whale myoglobin, to raise an immune response.
  • carriers may elicit strong immunity not relevant to the peptide antigen and this may inhibit the immune response to the peptide vaccine on secondary immunisation (Schutze
  • Antigen delivery systems have also been based on particulate carriers. For example, preformed particles have been used as platforms onto which antigens can be coupled and incorporated.
  • VLP virus-like particles
  • CLP viral core- like particles
  • Representative chimeric particles of this type include those based on yeast Ty protein (Kingsman and Kingsman 1988, Vacc. 6: 304-306), HBsAg, (Valenzuela, 1985, Bio/Technol. 3: 323-326; U.S. Pat. No. 4,722,840; Delpeyroux et al, 1986, Science 233: 472-475), Hepatitis B core antigen (Clarke et al, Vaccines 88 (Ed. H.
  • Ginsberg, et al, 1988) pp. 127-131 the capsid protein from Poliovirus (Burke et al, 1988, Nature 332: 81-82) or Parvovirus (Brown et al, 1994, Virology 198: 477-488), and the LI and L2 capsid proteins of papillomavirus (U.S. Pat. No. 5,618,536).
  • these carriers are restricted in their usefulness by virtue of the limited size of the antigen that may be inserted into the structural protein without interfering with particle assembly.
  • peptide linkers have been used to enhance the combined biological activities of two or more different proteins.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,073,627 describes the use of a peptide linker to join a Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor (GM-CSF) protein molecule to an Interleukin-3 (IL-3) protein molecule to form a fusion protein, which was more biologically active than GM-CSF or IL-3 alone or in combination.
  • Conventional peptide linkers can be rigid and inflexible. As a result, the linked protein often cannot "flex" into the desired biologically active conformation exhibited by the wild type protein, or the cross-linker or carrier protein sterically hinders biological activity.
  • Signal peptide sequences are membrane translocating sequences, which mediate secretion of proteins into various intracellular compartments or the extracellular environment. Typically, signal sequences comprise about 15 to 35 residues and are composed of a positively charged amino terminus, a central hydrophobic region and a short chain amino acid at the carboxyl terminus. Signal sequences used for targeting proteins to specific locations have been found in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. In bacteria, phage fd signal sequences for the major and minor coat proteins direct those proteins to the inner membrane.
  • the ⁇ -lactamase protein of pBR322 is directed to the periplasmic space by a different signal sequence, while outer membrane proteins such as OmpA are directed to their assigned destination by other signal sequences.
  • Eukaryotic signal sequences directing translocation of the protein into the endoplasmic reticulum include that of human preproinsulin, bovine growth hormone, and the Drosophila glue protein. Near the N-terminus of such sequences are 2-3 polar residues, and within the signal sequence is a hydrophobic core consisting of hydrophobic amino acids. No other conservation of sequence has been observed (Lewin, B.,1994, Genes V, Oxford University Press, p. 290; Watson, M., 1984, Nucl Acids. Res. 12:5145-5164).
  • the precursor comprises a T cell surface molecule binding portion (H) from hen egg lysozyme (HEL), flanked by a pair of immunoglobulin- binding domains (L) from protein L of Peptostreptococcus magnus as B cell surface molecule binding portions.
  • HEL hen egg lysozyme
  • L immunoglobulin- binding domains
  • the specificity of the LHL construct for catalytic B cells is provided by an antigen masking the immunoglobulin-binding domains. Catalytic cleavage of the antigen exposes the immunoglobulin-binding domains to ligate the immunoglobulin molecules on the B cell surface, to thereby permit catalytic antibody production by the B cell.
  • the OmpA signal peptide was fused with the B cell mitogen precursor as a means for targeting expression of the precursor to the periplasmic space of a bacterium.
  • the resultant fusion protein was found unexpectedly to self assemble into a higher molecular weight aggregate.
  • the multimerising capacity of the OmpA signal peptide was exploited to design a non-specific B cell mitogen that cross-links immunoglobulin molecules on the surface of any B cell. This B cell mitogen was constructed by fusing the OmpA signal peptide to the C-terminus of an immunoglobulin-binding domain from protein L.
  • signal sequences have been used in the context of protein expression systems. They have also been used as a means to cross-link immunoglobulin molecules on the surface of B cells.
  • signal sequences generally, to enhance the biological activity (e.g., longer circulating half-life, higher potency or enhanced immunogenicity) of a molecule or to combine the individual activities of different molecules, has not heretofore been described.
  • One aspect of the present invention provides methods for enhancing the activity of a molecule of interest, or for combining distinct activities of different molecules of interest. These methods generally comprise linking, fusing or otherwise associating individual molecules of interest with a self-coalescing element (SCE) that is obtainable or derivable from a membrane translocating sequence (MTS) or variant thereof.
  • SCE self-coalescing element
  • MTS membrane translocating sequence
  • the chimeric molecule formed by this process is caused by the SCE to coalesce with other such molecules into a higher molecular weight aggregate with enhanced or improved properties relative to the non-aggregated molecules.
  • the molecule of interest may be selected from any compound, organic or inorganic, but is usually a polymer and typically a polypeptide having a desired biological activity, including an enzymatic, antigenic or therapeutic activity.
  • the present invention also contemplates a chimeric polypeptide comprising an SCE as broadly described above, which is fused, linked or otherwise associated with a polypeptide of interest, and which causes an individual chimeric molecule to coalesce with other chimeric molecules into higher order aggregates under conditions favourable to aggregation.
  • the present invention extends to isolated or purified higher order aggregates comprising a plurality of such chimeric molecules.
  • the present invention also extends to processes for producing the chimeric molecules of the invention.
  • the chimeric molecules are produced by chemical synthesis.
  • the chimeric molecules are produced by chemically fusing SCEs with individual molecules of interest.
  • the chimeric molecules are produced by recombinant means and, in this regard, expression vectors and host cells, as well as methods of producing chimeric polypeptides in host cells, or in genetically modified animals, are also encompassed by the present invention.
  • a higher order aggregate comprises only identical, or substantially similar, molecules of interest, whereby such "homo-aggregates" are useable in the same manner as the non-aggregated parent molecules of interest, especially where an increased biological activity is desirable.
  • higher order aggregates comprising GM-CSF-SCE chimeric polypeptides, which have a higher GM-CSF potency compared to non aggregated GM- CSF, can be used to treat various haemopoetic conditions, as described infra.
  • higher order aggregates comprising two or more distinct biological activities can be used to produce a desired biological outcome resulting from the product of those activities.
  • a pair of chimeric polypeptides can be constructed, wherein a first chimeric polypeptide comprises interleukin-2 (IL-2) and wherein a second chimeric polypeptide comprises Fas ligand.
  • IL-2 interleukin-2
  • Fas ligand a second chimeric polypeptide comprises Fas ligand.
  • Higher order aggregates comprising these chimeric polypeptides are useful in targeting certain leukemia or lymphoma cells, or recently activated T cells which bear both high affinity IL-2R and Fas.
  • Aggregates comprising a plurality of distinct chimeric polypeptides whose collective activities are required to achieve a biological effect will generally increase the speed and/or efficiency of the process resulting in the biological effect due to the close proximity of the distinct polypeptides of interest.
  • hetero-aggregates containing two or more different polypeptides, can exhibit synergistic characteristics, and thus exhibit an activity greater than the activity that would be exhibited by a similar quantity of each polypeptide found in the hetero-aggregate if each polypeptide component were to be used alone.
  • Figure 1 is a diagrammatic representation showing an alignment of membrane translocating amino acid sequences from a diverse selection of species.
  • Figure 2 is a diagrammatic representation showing an alignment of bacterial outer membrane proteins.
  • SEQ ID NO: 19 Signal peptide relating to 15kd peptidoglycan-associated outer 24 residues membrane lipoprotein precursor - Haemophilus influenzae - GenBank Accession No. AAA24938
  • SEQ ID O:20 Signal peptide relating to PC protein precursor - Haemophilus 23 residues influenzae - GenBank Accession No. AAA24940 SEQ ID NO:21 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein pi precursor - 21 residues Haemophilus influenzae - GenBank Accession No. AAA24990 SEQ ID NO:22 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein precursor - 20 residues Haemophilus influenzae - GenBank Accession No. AAA24993 SEQ - NO.-23 Signal peptide relating to major outer membrane protein precursor 22 residues - Neisseria gonorrhoeae - GenBank Accession No.
  • AAA25458 SEQ - NO.-24 Signal peptide relating to lipoprotein I precursor - Pseudomonas 24 residues aeruginosa — GenBank Accession No. AAA25880 SEQ ID NO:25 Signal peptide relating to porin protein F precursor - 24 residues Pseudomonas aeruginosa - GenBank Accession No. AAA25973 SEQ ID NO:26 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein - Serratia 25 residues marcescens - GenBank Accession No. AAA26566 SEQ ID NO:27 Signal peptide relating to serine protease precursor - Serratia 27 residues marcescens - GenBank Accession No.
  • AAA26572 SEQ ID NO:28 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein precursor II - 21 residues Salmonella typhimurium - GenBank Accession No. AAA27169 SEQ ID NO:29 Signal peptide relating to cationic outer membrane protein 20 residues precursor (gtg start codon) - Salmonella typhimurium - Ger-Bank Accession No. AAA27170
  • SEQ ID O:30 Signal peptide relating to ferrienterochelin receptor protein - 22 residues Escherichia coli - GenBank Accession No. AAA65994 SEQ ID NO:31 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein A - Cloning 21 residues vector pINIIIompA3 - GenBank Accession No. AAA82946 SEQ ID NO:32 Signal peptide relating to lambda receptor protein - Escherichia 25 residues coli - GenBank Accession No. AAB59058 SEQ ID NO:33 Signal peptide relating to periplasmic maltose-binding protein - 26 residues Escherichia coli - GenBank Accession No.
  • AAB59056 SEQ - NO.-34 Signal peptide relating to Opal 1 - Neisseria meningitidis - 32 residues GenBank Accession No. AAC44565 SEQ ID NO:35 Signal peptide relating to Opal 2 - Neisseria meningitidis - 26 residues GenBank Accession No. AAC44566 SEQ ID NO:36 Signal peptide relating to H.8 outer membrane protein precursor - 21 residues Neisseria gonorrhoeae - GenBank Accession No. P07211 SEQUENCE ID SEQUENCE LENGTH NUMBER
  • SEQ ID NO:37 Signal peptide relating to Immunoglobulin Al protease precursor 25 residues (IgAl protease). - Haemophilus influenzae - GenBank Accession No. P42782
  • SEQ ID NO:38 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane porin OmpC precursor 21 residues - Escherichia coli - GenBank Accession No. MMECPC SEQ ID NO:39 Signal peptide relating to HrpA - Ralstonia solanacearum — 16 residues GenBank Accession No. CAB58261 SEQ ID NO:40 Signal peptide relating to putative secreted protein - Streptomyces 23 residues coelicolor A3 (2) - GenBank Accession No. CAB92608 SEQ - NO.-41 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane porin OmpF precursor - 22 residues Escherichia coli - GenBank Accession No.
  • MMECF SEQ ID O:42 Signal peptide relating to ORF2a precursor - Brucella melitensis 22 residues biovar Abortus - GenBank Accession No. AAA83993 SEQ ID NO:43 Signal peptide relating to IgA-specific serine endopeptidase 27 residues precursor - Neisseria gonorrhoeae - GenBank Accession No. AZNHG
  • SEQ ID NO:44 Signal peptide relating to Maltoporin precursor (Maltose-inducible 25 residues porin) - Escherichia coli - GenBank Accession No. P02943
  • SEQ ID NO:45 Signal peptide relating to adhesion and penetration protein 25 residues precursor - Haemophilus influenzae - GenBank Accession No. P45387
  • SEQ ID NO:46 Signal peptide relating to adhesion and penetration protein 25 residues precursor 2 - Haemophilus influenzae — GenBank Accession No. P44596
  • SEQ ID NO:50 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein C precursor 21 residues (Porin OmpC) - Salmonella typhimurium - GenBank Accession No. O52503
  • SEQ ID NO:54 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein 2 - Salmonella 22 residues enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhi - GenBank Accession No. NP_456059
  • SEQ ID NO:55 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein SI - Salmonella 22 residues enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhi - GenBank Accession No. NP_456554
  • SEQ ID NO:56 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein C - Salmonella 22 residues enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhi - GenBank Accession No. NP_456812
  • SEQ ID NO:64 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein S2 precursor - 21 residues Salmonella typhi - GenBank Accession No. Q56111 SEQ ID NO:65 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein SI precursor - 21 residues Salmonella typhi - GenBank Accession No. Q56110 SEQ ID NO:66 Signal peptide relating to Outer membrane protein C precursor - 23 residues Salmonella typhi - GenBank Accession No. P09878 SEQ ID NO:67 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein A precursor - 22 residues Klebsiella pneumoniae — GenBank Accession No. JC6558 SEQUENCE ID SEQUENCE LENGTH NUMBER
  • SEQ ID NO:68 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein (ompA) - 22 residues Salmonella typhimurium — GenBank Accession No. CAA26037 SEQ ID NO:69 Signal peptide relating to OmpA protein - Enterobacter 22 residues aerogenes - GenBank Accession No. CAA25062 SEQ ID NO:70 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein 3a (ll*;G;d) - 22 residues Escherichia coli - GenBank Accession No. NP_286832 SEQ ID NO:71 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein A precursor 2 - 22 residues Shigella dysenteriae - GenBank Accession No.
  • MMEBAD Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein ompA precursor 22 residues - Serratia marcescens — GenBank Accession No. S07298 SEQ ID NO:73 Signal peptide relating to putative outer-membrane protein A - 22 residues Erwinia carotovora - GenBank Accession No. CAB57308 SEQ ID NO:74 Signal peptide relating to putative outer membrane porin A 22 residues protein - Yersinia pestis - GenBank Accession No. NP_405026 SEQ ID NO:75 Signal peptide relating to OmpA Pasteurella multocida — 22 residues GenBank Accession No. AAK61593 SEQ ID NO:76 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein A precursor 3 - 22 residues Buchnera sp. APS — GenBank Accession No. - GenBank Accession No. NP_240151
  • SEQ ID NO: 77 Signal peptide relating to OmpA2 - Haemophilus ducreyi - 25 residues GenBank Accession No. AAB4927
  • SEQ ID NO:78 Signal peptide relating to Outer membrane protein - Haemophilus 22 residues sp. - GenBank Accession No. CAA07454
  • SEQ ID NO:79 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein A 2 Bacillus 27 residues subtilis - GenBank Accession No. 139969
  • SEQ ID NO:80 Signal peptide relating to major outer membrane protein - 25 residues Haemophilus ducreyi — GenBank Accession No.
  • AAB49273 SEQ ID NO:81 Signal peptide relating to hypothetical protein - Vibrio sp. - 22 residues GenBank Accession No. CAC40971 SEQ ID NO: 82 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein P5 (ompA) - 22 residues Haemophilus influenzae Rd - GenBank Accession No. NP_439322
  • SEQ ID NO: 105 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 75 bases forth in SEQ ID NO: 17
  • SEQ ID NO: 106 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 81 bases forth in SEQ ID NO: 18
  • SEQ ID NO: 107 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 63 bases forth in SEQ ID NO: 19
  • SEQ ID NO: 108 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 60 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:20
  • SEQ ID NO: 109 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forthinSEQIDNO:21
  • SEQIDNO:110 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 63 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:22
  • SEQIDNO:lll Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 75 bases forth in SEQ ED NO:23
  • SEQ ID NO: 124 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:64
  • SEQ ID NO: 125 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:66
  • SEQ ID NO: 126 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 75 bases forth in SEQ ID NO: 68
  • SEQ ID NO: 127 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:69
  • SEQ ID NO: 128 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 75 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:71
  • SEQ ID NO: 129 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 84 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:72
  • SEQ ID NO: 130 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:74
  • SEQ ID NO: 131 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 75 bases forth in SEQ ID NO: 76
  • SEQ ID NO: 132 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:78
  • SEQ ID NO: 133 Portable N-terminal SCE 36 residues SEQ ID NO: 134 Portable C-terminal SCE 36 residues SEQ ID NO: 135 Nucleic acid sequence encoding N-SCE 63 bases SEQ ID NO: 136 N-SCE 21 residues SEQ ID NO: 137 Nucleic acid sequence encoding SCE-C 63 bases SEQ ID NO: 138 SCE-C 21 residues SEQ ID NO: 139 Nucleic acid sequence encoding murine GM-SCF 420 bases SEQ ID NO: 140 Amino acid sequence for murine GM-SCF 140 residues SEQ ID NO: 141 Nucleic acid sequence encodmg human GM-CSF 429 bases SEQ ID NO: 142 Amino acid sequence for human GM-CSF 143 residues SEQ ID NO: 143 Nucleic acid sequence encoding murine IFN- ⁇ 543 bases SEQ ID NO: 144 Amino acid sequence for murine IFN- ⁇ 181 residues SEQ ID NO
  • SEQ ID NO: 186 Amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 185 182 residues
  • SEQ ID NO: 187 Nucleic acid sequence encoding self-coalescing human GM-CSF 579 bases chimeric construct
  • SEQ ID NO:188 Amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 187 191 residues
  • SEQ ID NO: 189 Nucleic acid sequence encoding self-coalescing murine IFN-beta 732 bases chimeric construct
  • SEQ JD NO: 190 Amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 190 242 residues
  • SEQ ID NO: 191 Nucleic acid sequence encodmg self-coalescing human IFN-beta 708 bases chimeric construct
  • SEQ ID NO: 192 Amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 191 234 residues SEQ ID NO: 193 Nucleic acid sequence encoding self-coalescing murine EL-lRa 723 bases chimeric construct
  • SEQ ID NO: 194 Amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 193 239 residues SEQ ID NO: 195 Nucleic acid sequence encoding self-coalescing human IL-lRa 642 bases chimeric construct
  • SEQ ID NO: 196 Amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 195 212 residues SEQ ID NO: 197 Nucleic acid sequence encoding self-coalescing murine IL-2 642 bases chimeric construct
  • SEQ ID NO: 198 Amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 197 212 residues SEQ ID NO: 199 Nucleic acid sequence encoding self-coalescing human IL-2 513 bases chimeric construct
  • SEQ ID NO:200 Amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 199 169 residues SEQ ID NO:201 Nucleic acid sequence encoding self-coalescing murine Fas-L 960 bases chimeric construct SEQUENCE ID SEQUENCE LENGTH NUMBER
  • SEQ ED NO.-229 Amino acid sequence of a human EL-1 beta chimeric peptide II 60 residues SEQ ID NO:230 Amino acid sequence of a human IL-2 chimeric peptide I 38 residues SEQ ED NO:231 Amino acid sequence of a human IL-2 chimeric peptide II 44 residues SEQ ED NO:232 Amino acid sequence of a human IL-2 chimeric peptide HI 41 residues SEQ ID NO:233 Amino acid sequence of a human TNF-alpha chimeric peptide I 43 residues SEQ ID NO:234 Amino acid sequence of a human TNF-alpha chimeric peptide II 52 residues SEQ ID NO:235 Amino acid sequence of a human TNF-alpha chimeric peptide III 46 residues SEQ ID NO.-236 Amino acid sequence of a human Cys-BAFF-R chimeric peptide I 54 residues SEQ ID NO:237 Amino acid
  • SEQ ED NO:238 Amino acid sequence of a human P55-TNF-R chimeric peptide 42 residues SEQ D NO:239 Amino acid sequence of a human P75-TNF-R chimeric peptide 51 residues SEQ ID NO:240
  • SEQ ID NO:241 Amino acid sequence of a L-selectin chimeric peptide 47 residues
  • SEQ ID NO:242 Amino acid sequence of a MUC-1 chimeric peptide 50 residues SEQ ID NO:243
  • an element means one element or more than one element.
  • the term "about” refers to a quantity, level, value, dimension, size, or amount that varies by as much as 30%, preferably by as much as 20%, and more preferably by as much as 10% to a reference quantity, level, value, dimension, size, or amount.
  • activity describes the activity of a non-aggregated molecule of interest.
  • a higher order aggregate of a molecule of interest has activity if the aggregate exhibits the activity of the non aggregated molecule.
  • Bifunctional crosslinking reagent means a reagent containing two reactive groups, the reagent thereby having the ability to covalently link two target groups.
  • the reactive groups in a crosslinking reagent typically belong to the classes of functional groups including succinimidyl esters, maleimides and haloacetamides such as iodoacetamides.
  • biologically active fragment is meant a fragment of a full-length parent polypeptide which fragment retains an activity of that polypeptide.
  • a biologically active fragment of a self-coalescing element will coalesce with compatible self-coalescing elements that are either identical or sufficiently similar to permit co-aggregation with each other into higher order aggregates.
  • biologically active fragment includes deletion mutants and small peptides, for example of at least 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 contiguous amino acids, which comprise an activity of a parent polypeptide.
  • Fragments of this type may be obtained through the application of standard recombinant nucleic acid techniques or synthesised using conventional liquid or solid phase synthesis techniques.
  • peptides can be produced by digestion of a polypeptide of the invention with proteinases such as endoLys-C, endoArg-C, endoGlu-C and staphylococcus V8-protease.
  • the digested fragments can be purified by, for example, high performance liquid chromatographic (HPLC) techniques.
  • HPLC high performance liquid chromatographic
  • expression vector any autonomous genetic element capable of directing the synthesis of a protein encoded by the vector. Such expression vectors are known to practitioners in the art.
  • a polynucleotide (a) having a nucleotide sequence that is substantially identical or complementary to all or a portion of a reference polynucleotide sequence or (b) encoding an amino acid sequence identical to an amino acid sequence in a peptide or protein.
  • This phrase also includes within its scope a peptide or polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is substantially identical to a sequence of amino acids in a reference peptide or protein.
  • derivative is meant a polypeptide that has been derived from the basic sequence by modification, for example by conjugation or complexing with other chemical moieties or by post- translational modification techniques as would be understood in the art.
  • derivative!' also includes within its scope alterations that have been made to a parent sequence including additions, or deletions that provide for functionally equivalent molecules.
  • an effective amount in the context of modulating an activity or of treating or preventing a condition is meant the administration of that amount of active to an individual in need of such modulation, treatment or prophylaxis, either in a single dose or as part of a series, that is effective for modulation of that effect or for treatment or prophylaxis of that condition.
  • the effective amount will vary depending upon the health and physical condition of the individual to be treated, the taxonomic group of individual to be treated, the formulation of the composition, the assessment of the medical situation, and other relevant factors. It is expected that the amount will fall in a relatively broad range that can be determined through routine trials.
  • Homobifunctional crosslinking reagent means a reagent containing identical reactive groups, which is predominantly used to link like target groups such as two thiols or two amines.
  • Heterobifunctional crosslinking reagent means a reagent containing reactive groups having dissimilar chemistry, thereby allowing the formation of crosslinks between unlike functional groups.
  • higher order is meant an aggregate of at least 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 molecules.
  • Hybridisation is used herein to denote the pairing of complementary nucleotide sequences to produce a DNA-DNA hybrid or a DNA-RNA hybrid.
  • Complementary base sequences are those sequences that are related by the base-pairing rules.
  • match and mismatch refer to the hybridisation potential of paired nucleotides in complementary nucleic acid strands. Matched nucleotides hybridise efficiently, such as the classical A-T and G-C base pair mentioned above. Mismatches are other combinations of nucleotides that do not hybridise efficiently.
  • isolated is meant material that is substantially or essentially free from components that normally accompany it in its native state.
  • an "isolated polynucleotide”, as used herein, refers to a polynucleotide, which has been purified from the sequences which flank it in a naturally-occurring state, e.g., a DNA fragment which has been removed from the sequences that are normally adjacent to the fragment.
  • an "isolated peptide” or an “isolated polypeptide” and the like, as used herein, refer to in vitro isolation and/or purification of a peptide or polypeptide molecule from its natural cellular environment, and especially from association with other components of the cell, i.e., it is not associated with in vivo substances.
  • marker gene is meant a gene that imparts a distinct phenotype to cells expressing the marker gene and thus allows such transformed cells to be distinguished from cells that do not have the marker.
  • a selectable marker gene confers a trait for which one can 'select' based on resistance to a selective agent (e.g., a herbicide, antibiotic, radiation, heat, or other treatment damaging to untransformed cells).
  • a screenable marker gene confers a trait that one can identify through observation or testing, i.e., by 'screening' (e.g., ⁇ -glucuronidase, lucif erase, or other enzyme activity not present in untransformed cells).
  • a "membrane-translocating sequence” is an amino acid sequence capable of mediating the transport of a polypeptide to an intracellular compartment or location or to the extracellular environment.
  • a sample such as, for example, a nucleic acid extract or polypeptide extract is isolated from, or derived from, a particular source.
  • the extract may be isolated directly from any membrane-translocating sequence-containing organism, such as but not limited to bacteria, yeast and plants as well as animals including mammals, birds, reptiles, fish and insects.
  • oligonucleotide refers to a polymer composed of a multiplicity of nucleotide units (deoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides, or related structural variants or synthetic analogues thereof) linked via phosphodiester bonds (or related structural variants or synthetic analogues thereof).
  • oligonucleotide typically refers to a nucleotide polymer in which the nucleotides and linkages between them are naturally occurring, it will be understood that the term also includes within its scope various analogues including, but not restricted to, peptide nucleic acids (PNAs), phosphoramidates, phosphorothioates, methyl phosphonates, 2-O-methyl ribonucleic acids, and the like. The exact size of the molecule may vary depending on the particular application.
  • PNAs peptide nucleic acids
  • phosphoramidates phosphoramidates
  • phosphorothioates phosphorothioates
  • methyl phosphonates 2-O-methyl ribonucleic acids
  • oligonucleotide is typically rather short in length, generally from about 10 to 30 nucleotides, but the term can refer to molecules of any length, although the term “polynucleotide” or “nucleic acid” is typically used for large oligonucleotides.
  • operably linked is meant that transcriptional and translational regulatory nucleic acids are positioned relative to a polypeptide-encoding polynucleotide in such a manner that the polynucleotide is transcribed and the polypeptide is translated.
  • vertebrate subject refers to any subject, particularly a vertebrate subject, and even more particularly a mammalian subject, for whom therapy or prophylaxis is desired.
  • Suitable vertebrate animals include, but are not restricted to, primates, avians, fish, reptiles, livestock animals (e.g., sheep, cows, horses, donkeys, pigs), laboratory test animals (e.g., rabbits, mice, rats, guinea pigs, hamsters), companion animals (e.g., cats, dogs) and captive wild animals (e.g., foxes, deer, dingoes).
  • livestock animals e.g., sheep, cows, horses, donkeys, pigs
  • laboratory test animals e.g., rabbits, mice, rats, guinea pigs, hamsters
  • companion animals e.g., cats, dogs
  • captive wild animals e.g., foxes, deer, dingoes.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is meant a solid or liquid filler, diluent or encapsulating substance that can be safely used in topical or systemic administration to a patient.
  • polynucleotide or “nucleic acid” as used herein designates mRNA, RNA, cRNA, cDNA or DNA.
  • the term typically refers to oligonucleotides greater than 30 nucleotides in length.
  • polynucleotide variant and “variant” refer to polynucleotides displaying substantial sequence identity with a reference polynucleotide sequence or polynucleotides that hybridise with a reference sequence under stringent conditions that are defined hereinafter. These terms also encompass polynucleotides in which one or more nucleotides have been added or deleted, or replaced with different nucleotides. In this regard, it is well understood in the art that certain alterations inclusive of mutations, additions, deletions and substitutions can be made to a reference polynucleotide whereby the altered polynucleotide retains a biological function or activity of the reference polynucleotide.
  • polynucleotide variant and “variant” also include naturally occurring allelic variants.
  • Polypeptide , “peptide” and “protein” are used interchangeably herein to refer to a polymer of amino acid residues and to variants and synthetic analogues of the same. Thus, these terms apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residues is a synthetic non- naturally occurring amino acid, such as a chemical analogue of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid, as well as to naturally-occurring amino acid polymers.
  • polypeptide variant refers to polypeptides that are distinguished from a reference polypeptide by the addition, deletion or substitution of at least one amino acid.
  • a polypeptide variant is distinguished from a reference polypeptide by one or more substitutions, which may be conservative or non-conservative.
  • the polypeptide variant comprises conservative substitutions and, in this regard, it is well understood in the art that some amino acids may be changed to others with broadly similar properties without changing the nature of the activity of the polypeptide.
  • Polypeptide variants also encompass polypeptides in which one or more amino acids have been added or deleted, or replaced with different amino acid residues.
  • primer an oligonucleotide which, when paired with a strand of DNA, is capable of initiating the synthesis of a primer extension product in the presence of a suitable polymerising agent.
  • the primer is preferably single-stranded for maximum efficiency in amplification but can alternatively be double-stranded.
  • a primer must be sufficiently long to prime the synthesis of extension products in the presence of the polymerisation agent. The length of the primer depends on many factors, including application, temperature to be employed, template reaction conditions, other reagents, and source of primers. For example, depending on the complexity of the target sequence, the oligonucleotide primer typically contains 15 to 35 or more nucleotide residues, although it can contain fewer nucleotide residues.
  • Primers can be large polynucleotides, such as from about 35 nucleotides to several kilobases or more. Primers can be selected to be “substantially complementary” to the sequence on the template to which it is designed to hybridise and serve as a site for the initiation of synthesis. By “substantially complementary”, it is meant that the primer is sufficiently complementary to hybridise with a target polynucleotide. Preferably, the primer contains no mismatches with the template to which it is designed to hybridise but this is not essential. For example, non-complementary nucleotide residues can be attached to the 5' end of the primer, with the remainder of the primer sequence being complementary to the template.
  • non-complementary nucleotide residues or a stretch of non-complementary nucleotide residues can be interspersed into a primer, provided that the primer sequence has sufficient complementarity with the sequence of the template to hybridise therewith and thereby form a template for synthesis of the extension product of the primer.
  • Probe refers to a molecule that binds to a specific sequence or sub-sequence or other moiety of another molecule. Unless otherwise indicated, the term “probe” typically refers to a polynucleotide probe that binds to another polynucleotide, often called the "target polynucleotide", through complementary base pairing. Probes can bind target polynucleotides lacking complete sequence complementarity with the probe, depending on the stringency of the hybridisation conditions. Probes can be labelled directly or indirectly.
  • purified polypeptide or “purified protein” and the like means that the polypeptide or protein are substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesised.
  • substantially free means that a preparation of a chimeric polypeptide of the invention is at least 10% pure.
  • the preparation of chimeric polypeptide has less than about 30%, 20%, 10% and more preferably 5% (by dry weight), of non-chimeric polypeptide protein (also referred to herein as a "contaminating protein"), or of chemical precursors or non-chimeric polypeptide chemicals.
  • the invention includes isolated or purified preparations of at least 0.01, 0.1, 1.0, and 10 milligrams in dry weight.
  • recombinant polynucleotide refers to a polynucleotide formed in vitro by the manipulation of nucleic acid into a form not normally found in nature.
  • the recombinant polynucleotide may be in the form of an expression vector.
  • expression vectors include transcriptional and translational regulatory nucleic acid operably linked to the nucleotide sequence.
  • recombinant polypeptide is meant a polypeptide made using recombinant techniques, i.e., through the expression of a recombinant or synthetic polynucleotide.
  • recombinant polypeptide is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the protein preparation.
  • references to describe sequence relationships between two or more polynucleotides or polypeptides include “reference sequence”, “comparison window”, “sequence identity”, “percentage of sequence identity” and “substantial identity”.
  • a “reference sequence” is at least 12 but frequently 15 to 18 and often at least 25 monomer units, inclusive of nucleotides and amino acid residues, in length.
  • two polynucleotides may each comprise (1) a sequence (i.e., only a portion of the complete polynucleotide sequence) that is similar between the two polynucleotides, and (2) a sequence that is divergent between the two polynucleotides
  • sequence comparisons between two (or more) polynucleotides are typically performed by comparing sequences of the two polynucleotides over a "comparison window" to identify and compare local regions of sequence similarity.
  • a “comparison window” refers to a conceptual segment of at least 50 contiguous positions, usually about 50 to about 100, more usually about 100 to about 150 in which a sequence is compared to a reference sequence of the same number of contiguous positions after the two sequences are optimally aligned.
  • the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) of about 20% or less as compared to the reference sequence (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences.
  • self-coalesces is used herein to refer to a self-coalescing element that may be expected to coalesce with identical polypeptides and also with polypeptides having high similarity (e.g., less than 20% and more preferably less than 10% sequence divergence) but less than complete identity in the amino acid sequence of the self-coalescing element.
  • self-coalescing element “SCE” and the like is meant any amino acid sequence which, when conjugated to a molecule of interest, can cause the molecule to coalesce with like molecules into higher order aggregates.
  • sequence identity refers to the extent that sequences are identical on a nucleotide-by-nucleotide basis or an amino acid-by-amino acid basis over a window of comparison.
  • a “percentage of sequence identity” is calculated by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over the window of comparison, determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base (e.g., A, T, C, G, T) or the identical amino acid residue (e.g., Ala, Pro, Ser, Thr, Gly, Val, Leu, He, Phe, Tyr, Trp, Lys, Arg, His, Asp, Glu, Asn, Gin, Cys and Met) occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison (i.e., the window size), and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.
  • the identical nucleic acid base e.g., A, T, C,
  • sequence identity will be understood to mean the “match percentage” calculated by the DNASIS computer program (Version 2.5 for windows; available from Hitachi Software engineering Co., Ltd., South San Francisco, California, USA) using standard defaults as used in the reference manual accompanying the software.
  • Similarity refers to the percentage number of amino acids that are identical or constitute conservative substitutions as defined in Table B infra. Similarity may be determined using sequence comparison programs such as GAP (Deveraux et al. 1984, Nucleic Acids Research 12, 387-395). In this way, sequences of a similar or substantially different length to those cited herein might be compared by insertion of gaps into the alignment, such gaps being determined, for example, by the comparison algorithm used by GAP.
  • Stringency refers to the temperature and ionic strength conditions, and presence or absence of certain organic solvents, during hybridisation and washing procedures. The higher the stringency, the higher will be the degree of complementarity between immobilised target nucleotide sequences and the labelled probe polynucleotide sequences that remain hybridised to the target after washing.
  • Stringent conditions refers to temperature and ionic conditions under which only nucleotide sequences having a high frequency of complementary bases will hybridise.
  • the stringency required is nucleotide sequence dependent and depends upon the various components present during hybridisation and subsequent washes, and the time allowed for these processes.
  • non-stringent hybridisation conditions are selected; about 20 to 25° C lower than the thermal melting point (T m ).
  • T m is the temperature at which 50%o of specific target sequence hybridises to a perfectly complementary probe in solution at a defined ionic strength and pH.
  • highly stringent washing conditions are selected to be about 5 to 15° C lower than the T m .
  • moderately stringent washing conditions are selected to be about 15 to 30° C lower than the T m .
  • Highly permissive (low stringency) washing conditions may be as low as 50° C below the T m , allowing a high level of mis-matching between hybridised sequences.
  • transformation means alteration of the genotype of an organism, for example a bacterium, yeast or plant, by the introduction of a foreign or endogenous nucleic acid.
  • transgene is used herein to describe genetic material that has been or is about to be artificially inserted into the genome of a cell, particularly a cell of a living animal.
  • the transgene is used to transform a cell, meaning that a permanent or transient genetic change, desirably a permanent genetic change, is induced in a cell following inco ⁇ oration of exogenous nucleic acid (usually DNA).
  • a permanent genetic change is generally achieved by introduction of the DNA into the genome of the cell.
  • Vectors for stable integration include plasmids, retroviruses and other animal viruses, YACs (yeast artificial chromosome), BACs (bacterial artificial chromosome) and the like.
  • the transgene is suitably derived from animals including, but not limited to, vertebrates, preferably mammals such as rodents, humans, non-human primates, ovines, bovines, ruminants, lagomorphs, porcines, caprines, equines, canines, felines, aves, etc.
  • vertebrates preferably mammals such as rodents, humans, non-human primates, ovines, bovines, ruminants, lagomorphs, porcines, caprines, equines, canines, felines, aves, etc.
  • transgenic refers to a genetically modified animal in which the endogenous genome is supplemented or modified by the random or site-directed integration of a foreign gene or sequence.
  • transgenic animals are suitably produced by experimental manipulation of the genome of the germline of the animal.
  • These genetically engineered animals may be produced by several methods including the introduction of a "transgene” comprising nucleic acid (usually DNA) into an embryonal target cell or integration into a chromosome of the somatic and/or germ line cells of an animal by way of human intervention.
  • a transgenic animal is an animal whose genome has been altered by the introduction of a transgene.
  • vector is meant a polynucleotide molecule, preferably a DNA molecule derived, for example, from a plasmid, bacteriophage, yeast or virus, into which a polynucleotide can be inserted or cloned.
  • a vector preferably contains one or more unique restriction sites and can be capable of autonomous replication in a defined host cell including a target cell or tissue or a progenitor cell or tissue thereof, or be integrable with the genome of the defined host such that the cloned sequence is reproducible.
  • the vector can be an autonomously replicating vector, i.e., a vector that exists as an extrachromosomal entity, the replication of which is independent of chromosomal replication, e.g., a linear or closed circular plasmid, an extrachromosomal element, a minichromosome, or an artificial chromosome.
  • the vector can contain any means for assuring self- replication.
  • the vector can be one which, when introduced into the host cell, is integrated into the genome and replicated together with the chromosome(s) into which it has been integrated.
  • a vector system can comprise a single vector or plasmid, two or more vectors or plasmids, which together contain the total DNA to be introduced into the genome of the host cell, or a transposon.
  • the choice of the vector will typically depend on the compatibility of the vector with the host cell into which the vector is to be introduced.
  • the vector is preferably a viral or viral-derived vector, which is operably functional in animal and preferably mammalian cells.
  • Such vector may be derived from a poxvirus, an adenovirus or yeast.
  • the vector can also include a selection marker such as an antibiotic resistance gene that can be used for selection of suitable transformants.
  • resistance genes are known to those of skill in the art and include the nptll gene that confers resistance to the antibiotics kanamycin and G418 (Geneticin®) and the hph gene which confers resistance to the antibiotic hygromycin B.
  • the present invention extends the application of signal peptide biology beyond the context of protein expression systems and provides diverse and practical applications that employ the self-coalescent property of signal peptides. Not wishing to be bound by any one particular theory or mode of operation, it is believed that the predominantly hydrophobic nature of a signal peptide, at least in part, causes the peptide to coalesce with other like peptides into a higher order multimer or aggregate. Thus, it is proposed in accordance with the present invention that the self- aggregating property of signal peptides can be broadly utilised for coalescing a plurality of the same or different molecules into higher order aggregates with novel or enhanced properties.
  • the aggregates of the present invention find utility in a range of applications, including chemical, therapeutic and prophylactic applications, as described hereafter.
  • Enhanced activity when used in reference to higher order homo-aggregates, includes and encompasses a prolonged half-life (e.g., a longer half-life relative to the naturally occurring or parental molecule of interest), or higher potency (e.g., requiring a smaller quantity relative to the naturally occurring or parental molecule to achieve a specified level of activity).
  • Enhanced activity can also encompass a combination of the above-described activities, e.g., a higher order aggregate with higher potency that also exhibits a prolonged half-life. Tests to determine activity that is specific for a molecule of interest are well-known to those of skill in the art.
  • the self-coalescing property of signal peptides can also be taken advantage to coalesce different molecules of interest into higher order aggregates.
  • aggregates comprising more than one kind of molecule of interest
  • the prefix "hetero" is used.
  • a hetero- aggregate comprises two or more molecules of interest with one or more of those molecules being different from one or more of the remaining molecules.
  • Such hetero-aggregates may display the sum of the activities of the non-aggregated molecules of interest.
  • hetero-aggregates may display synergistic characteristics, and thus exhibit an activity greater than the activity that would be exhibited by a similar quantity of each molecule of interest found in the aggregate if each molecular component were to be used alone.
  • an isolated or purified higher order aggregate comprising a plurality of chimeric molecules, wherein each chimeric molecule comprises at least one self-coalescing element, which is obtainable or derivable from a membrane translocating sequence or variant thereof, and which is fused, linked or otherwise associated with a molecule of interest, and wherein the or each self-coalescing element is capable of causing an individual chimeric molecule to coalesce with other chimeric molecules into higher order aggregates under conditions favourable to aggregation.
  • At least one chimeric molecule of the aggregate is other than a chimeric molecule selected from: (1) a B cell activating fusion protein comprising a B cell surface immunoglobulin binding domain and a signal peptide, wherein a catalytic product of the precursor is capable of inducing B cell mitogenesis; or (2) a fusion protein comprising protein L and ompA, each of which are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,521,741.
  • the chimeric molecules of the aggregate may be the same or different and, in this connection, the chimeric molecules may contain the same or different molecules of interest or the same or different self-coalescing elements (SLEs).
  • the molecule of interest is a polypeptide and, in this context: (1) the term “higher order” is meant to exclude the many proteins that are known to comprise polypeptide dimers, tetramers, or other small numbers of polypeptide subunits in an active complex, (2) the term “higher order aggregate” is meant to exclude random agglomerations of denatured proteins that can form in non-physiological conditions; and (c) the term "self-coalesces” refers to the property of the polypeptide to form ordered aggregates with polypeptides having an identical amino acid sequence under appropriate conditions as taught herein, and is not intended to imply that the coalescing will naturally occur under every concentration or every set of conditions.
  • a self-coalescing element may consist essentially of about 8 to about 35 amino acid residues, more preferably of about 15 to about 30 amino acid residues of which from about 60 to about 95%, and more suitably from about 70 to about 90%, are small or hydrophobic amino acid residues or modified forms thereof.
  • one or more polar or charged amino acid residues are located closely adjacent (e.g., within about 5 amino acid residues) to one or both ends of the SCE.
  • a small amino acid residue which is located at or closely adjacent to (e.g., within about 2 amino acid residues) the carboxyl terminus of the SCE is also desirable.
  • Figure 1 shows an alignment of various membrane translocating amino acid sequences from a wide and diverse selection of species.
  • Figure 2 shows an alignment of membrane translocating amino acid sequences of bacterial outer membrane proteins.
  • the SCE is represented by the formula: Br-X, [Xj] ⁇ X 2 X 3 XA X 5 [X k ] n X 6 [X,] consult X 7 X 8 Xr-Z_ (I) [SEQ ID NO: 1] wherein: Bi is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherem n is from about 1 to about 50 amino acid residues, wherem the sequence comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue;
  • Xi is a hydrophobic, small, neutral or basic amino acid residue or modified form thereof; [X j ] n is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from 0 to 2 amino acid residues and wherein the sequence X j comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue;
  • X 2 is a hydrophobic, small or polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof
  • X 3 is a hydrophobic, small or neutral/polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof
  • X is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof
  • X is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof
  • [XJ n is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from 4 to 6 amino acid residues and wherein the sequence X t comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from a hydrophobic, small, polar or neutral amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
  • X 6 is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof
  • [X)] ⁇ is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from 2 to 4 amino acid residues and wherein the sequence Xi comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from a hydrophobic, small or polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
  • X 7 is a hydrophobic, small, charged or neutral/polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof
  • X 8 is a neutral/polar, charged, hydrophobic, or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof; X 9 is optional and when present is selected from a small or charged amino acid residue or modified form thereof; and
  • Zi is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from about 1 to about 50 amino acid residues, wherem the sequence comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue.
  • Bi when present, it is a sequence of from about 1 to about 20 amino acid residues.
  • Bi is represented by the formula:
  • B 2 is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from about 1 to about 15 amino acid residues, wherein the sequence comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue, provided that Ji is also present;
  • Ji is absent or is a hydrophobic, charged, neutral/polar or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof, provided that [X;] n is also present; and [XJ ⁇ is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from 2 to 5 amino acid residues and wherein the sequence X; comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue.
  • J x is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., Jj is selected from Phe and He, or modified form thereof.
  • Ji is a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., Ji is selected from His, Lys or Arg, or modified form thereof.
  • Ji is a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Asn, or modified form thereof.
  • Ji is a small amino acid residue, e.g., J ! is selected from Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof.
  • [Xj] n is represented by the formula: 0_ 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 (HI) [SEQ ED NO:3] wherem: at least two of Oi to O 5 are present, in which:
  • Oi is selected from a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., ⁇ ! is selected from
  • Leu or Be, or modified form thereof a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., Arg, or modified form thereof, a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Asn, or modified form thereof, or a small amino acid residue, e.g., Ala, or modified form thereof;
  • 0 2 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., Thr, or modified form thereof, or a basic amino acid residue, e.g., Lys, or modified form thereof;
  • 0 3 is selected from a charged (typically basic) amino acid residue, e.g., 0 3 is selected from Arg or Lys, or modified form thereof, a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Asn, or modified form thereof, a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., 0 3 is selected from He, Val or Leu, or modified form thereof, or a small amino acid residue, e.g., Ala, or modified form thereof;
  • O 4 is selected from a charged (typically basic) amino acid residue, e.g., O 4 is selected from Arg or Lys, or modified form thereof, a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., O 4 is selected from Gin or Asn, or modified form thereof, a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., O is selected from Phe, He, Val or Leu, or modified form thereof, or a small amino acid residue, e.g., O 4 is selected from Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof; and
  • 0 5 is selected from a charged (typically basic) amino acid residue, e.g., 0 5 is selected from Arg or Lys, or modified form thereof, a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Asn, or modified form thereof, a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., O 5 is selected from Phe, He, Val or Leu, or modified form thereof, or a small amino acid residue, e.g., O 5 is selected from Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof.
  • Xi is a hydrophobic amino acid residue e.g., Xi is selected from
  • Xj is a small amino acid residue e.g., Xi is selected from Gly, Ala, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof.
  • X ! is selected from Cys, Lys or His, or modified form thereof.
  • [X,] n is a single amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Ala, Arg, Asn or Val, or modified form thereof.
  • [X j ] n is a sequence of two amino acid residues, wherein the first amino acid residue is suitably selected from Lys, Asp,
  • Leu, Asn, Ala, Val or Phe or modified form thereof and wherem the second amino acid residue is suitably selected from Ser, Ala, Lys, Gin, Asn or Leu, or modified form thereof.
  • X 2 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., X 2 is selected from Val, Leu, Tyr, He or Phe, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X 2 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., X 2 is selected from Pro, Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof. In still other embodiments, X 2 is selected from Asn or Arg, or modified form thereof.
  • X 3 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., X 3 is Ala or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X 3 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., X 3 is selected from Met, Leu, Val, He or Phe, or modified form thereof. In still other embodiments, X 3 is Cys or modified form thereof.
  • X 4 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., X 4 is selected from Val, Leu, He or Trp, or modified form thereof.
  • X 4 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., is selected from Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof.
  • X 5 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., X 5 is selected from Ala,
  • X5 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., X 5 is selected from Leu, Phe, Val, He, or modified form thereof.
  • [X k ] n is represented by the formula:
  • B 3 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., Pro, Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof, a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., Val or Leu, or modified form thereof, or a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Cys, or modified form thereof; at least two of O ⁇ to O 9 are present, in which:
  • Og is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., O 6 is selected from Ala,
  • a hydrophobic amino acid residue e.g., O 6 is selected from Val, Leu, He or Met, or modified form thereof, or a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Cys, or modified form thereof;
  • 0 7 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., O 7 is selected from Ala or Ser, or modified form thereof, a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., Phe, or modified form thereof, or a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Asn, or modified form thereof;
  • 0 8 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., O 8 is selected from Thr, Ala or Ser, or modified form thereof, or a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., O 8 is selected from He, Leu, Val, Met, Phe, Tyr or Trp, or modified form thereof;
  • O 9 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., O 9 is selected from Pro,
  • a hydrophobic amino acid residue e.g., O 9 is selected from He, Leu, Val or Phe, or modified form thereof, a basic amino acid residue, e.g., His, or modified form thereof, or a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Cys, or modified form thereof; and B 4 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., Ala, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof, or a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., He, Val, Leu, Met, Tyr or
  • X 6 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g. X 6 is selected from Leu, Val, Met or Tyr, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X 6 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., X 6 is selected from Pro, Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof; h certain embodiments, [Xj] n is represented by the formula:
  • B 5 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., Pro, Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof, a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., He, Leu, Val, Phe or Met, or modified form thereof, or a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Gin, or modified form thereof; at least one of Oi 0 to O ⁇ 2 are present, in which: Oio is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., O i0 is selected from Gly,
  • a hydrophobic amino acid residue e.g., O ⁇ 0 is selected from Val, Leu, Met or Phe, or modified form thereof
  • a neutral/polar amino acid residue e.g., O ⁇ 0 is selected from Cys, Asn or Gin, or modified form thereof;
  • On is a small amino acid residue, e.g., Pro, or modified form thereof; and Oi 2 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., O ⁇ 2 is selected from Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof, a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., O 12 is selected from He, Leu, Val, Tyr or Trp, or modified form thereof, or a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Cys, or modified form thereof.
  • X 7 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., X 7 is selected from Leu, He, Val or Met, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X 7 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., X 7 is selected from Pro, Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof. In still other embodiments, X 7 is a charged amino acid residue, e.g., X 7 is selected from Asp or Arg, or modified form thereof. In still other embodiments, X 7 is a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Asn, or modified form thereof.
  • X 8 is a neutral/polar, amino acid residue, e.g., X 8 is selected from Gin, Asn or Cys, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X 8 is a charged amino acid residue, e.g., X 8 is selected from His or Glu, or modified form thereof. In still other embodiments, X 8 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., X 8 is selected from Val, Met or Trp, or modified form thereof. In still other embodiments, X 8 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., X 8 is selected from Ala or Ser, or modified form thereof.
  • X 9 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., X 9 is selected from Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X 9 is a charged amino acid residue, more suitably an acidic amino acid residue, e.g., Glu, or modified form thereof.
  • ___ is represented by the formula:
  • J 2 J 3 J 4 Z 2 (VI) [SEQ ID NO:6] wherein: J 2 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., Thr, or modified form thereof;
  • J 3 is absent or is a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., Lys, or modified form thereof, provided that J 2 is also present;
  • J is absent or is a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., Lys, or modified form thereof, provided that J 3 is also present; and
  • Z 2 is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from about 1 to about 15 amino acid residues, wherein the sequence comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue, provided that
  • Zi or Z 2 comprise at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 charged amino acid residue(s), which are typically, but not exclusively, basic amino acid residues.
  • the charged amino acid residues can be positioned adjacent to each other or can be spaced from one another by one or more other (non- charged) amino acid residues.
  • the SCE is represented by the formula:
  • the SCE is represented by the formula: B ⁇ -X ⁇ X 2 3 X 4 X5 [Xm]nX6X7X8X9 ⁇ oX ⁇ 1 Xi2X ⁇ 3 X ⁇ 4 Xi5Xi6-Z ⁇ (VIII) [SEQ ED NO: 8] wherem: B x is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from about 1 to about 5 amino acid residues, wherein the sequence comprises the same or different amino acids selected from any amino acid residue;
  • Xi is a hydrophobic amino acid residue or modified form thereof
  • X 2 is a small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
  • X 3 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
  • X 4 is selected from a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof
  • X 5 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue or modified form thereof.
  • [Xij n is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from 0 to 2 amino acid residues and wherein the sequence X m comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from a hydrophobic or a small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
  • X 6 is a small or hydrophobic amino acid residue or modified form thereof
  • X 7 is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof
  • X 8 is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof
  • X 9 is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof
  • X 1 0 is a hydrophobic, small or neutral/polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof
  • Xu is a small, hydrophobic or neutral/polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof
  • X ⁇ 2 is a small amino acid residue or modified form thereof
  • X 13 is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof
  • X ⁇ 4 is a small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
  • X 15 is a neutral/polar, acidic or hydrophobic amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
  • Xi 6 is a small amino acid residue or modified form thereof.
  • Zi is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from about 1 to about 20 amino acid residues wherein the sequence comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue.
  • J- h (LX) [SEQ ID NO:9] wherein: Ji is absent or is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., Met, or modified form thereof, provided that J 2 is also present;
  • J 2 is absent or is a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., Lys, or modified form thereof, provided that J 3 is also present;
  • J 3 is absent or is a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., J 3 is selected from Lys or Arg, or modified form thereof, provided that J 4 is also present;
  • J 4 is absent or is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., T, or modified form thereof, or a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., J is selected from Lys or Arg, or modified form thereof, or a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Gin, or modified form thereof, provided that J 5 is also present; and
  • J 5 is absent or is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., J 5 is selected from Ala or Thr, or modified form thereof, or a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., Leu, or modified form thereof;
  • Xi is selected from He, Val or Leu, or modified form thereof.
  • X 2 is selected from Thr, Gly, or Ala, or modified form thereof.
  • X 3 is selected from He or Leu, or modified form thereof.
  • -X t is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Val or Trp, or modified form thereof.
  • t is a small amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Ala, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof.
  • X 5 is selected from He, Phe, or more typically Val, or modified form thereof.
  • [X]] ⁇ is represented by the formula:
  • J 6 is selected from a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., Leu, or modified form thereof, or a small amino acid residue, e.g., Gly, or modified form thereof; and J 7 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., Ser, or modified form thereof, or a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., Leu, or modified form thereof.
  • X 6 is a small amino acid residue, which is suitably Ala, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X 6 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Val or Leu, or modified form thereof. In some embodiments, X is a small amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Ala, Gly or Thr, or modified form thereof, hi other embodiments, X 7 is Leu, or modified form thereof, hi some embodiments, X 8 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Leu or Val, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X 8 is a small amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Ala or Ser, or modified form thereof.
  • X 9 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Val or Leu, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X 9 is a small amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Ala or Gly, or modified form. In some embodiments, Xjo is Gin or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, Xio is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from He, Val or Phe, or modified form.
  • X ⁇ is a small amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Pro, Ala or Thr or modified form thereof.
  • Xu is Phe or modified form thereof.
  • Xu is Gin, or modified form thereof.
  • X ⁇ is a small amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Ala, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof.
  • X ⁇ 3 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Val, He or Met, or modified form thereof.
  • X 13 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., Ala or modified form thereof.
  • X J is selected from Pro or Ala, or modified form thereof.
  • X 15 is a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Gin, or modified form thereof.
  • X_ 5 is an acidic amino acid residue, e.g., Asp, or modified form thereof.
  • X 15 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., Leu, or modified form thereof.
  • X I6 is Ala, or modified form thereof.
  • Zi is represented by the formula:
  • J 8 J 9 J ⁇ o (XI) [SEQ ID NO: 11] wherein: J 8 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., Thr, or modified form thereof; J is absent or is a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., Lys, or modified form thereof, provided that J 8 is also present; and
  • Jio is absent or is a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., Lys, or modified form thereof, provided that J 9 is also present.
  • the amino acids in the SCE may be those encoded by genes or analogues thereof or the D-isomers thereof. Compounds within the scope of the present invention can be obtained by modifying the disclosed formulae in numerous ways, while preserving the activity of the SCE thus obtained.
  • the amino acids of these compounds are normally in the natural L optical isomer form, one or more, usually two or less and preferably one amino acid may be replaced with the optical isomer D form, or a D,L-racemic mixture can be provided in the molecules comprising the SCE.
  • the SCE is in a form wherein all of the residues are in the D-configuration thus conferring resistance to protease activity while retaining self-coalescing properties.
  • the resulting molecules are themselves enantiomers of the native L- amino acid-containing forms.
  • each residue is generally represented by a single letter designation, corresponding to the trivial name of the amino acid, in accordance with the following table, in which the three-letter designations for each residue is also shown: TABLE B: Abbreviations for amino acids
  • SCEs of the present invention are peptides or peptide-like compounds which are partially defined in terms of amino acid residues of designated classes. Amino acid residues can be generally sub-classified into major subclasses as follows:
  • Acidic The residue has a negative charge due to loss of H ion at physiological pH and the residue is attracted by aqueous solution so as to seek the surface positions in the conformation of a peptide in which it is contained when the peptide is in aqueous medium at physiological pH.
  • Amino acids having an acidic side chain include glutamic acid and aspartic acid.
  • the residue has a positive charge due to association with H ion at physiological pH or within one or two pH units thereof (e.g., histidine) and the residue is attracted by aqueous solution so as to seek the surface positions in the conformation of a peptide in which it is contained when the peptide is in aqueous medium at physiological pH.
  • Amino acids having a basic side chain include arginine, lysine and histidine.
  • the residues are charged at physiological pH and, therefore, include amino acids having acidic or basic side chains (i.e., glutamic acid, aspartic acid, arginine, lysine and histidine).
  • amino acids having acidic or basic side chains i.e., glutamic acid, aspartic acid, arginine, lysine and histidine.
  • Hydrophobic The residues are not charged at physiological pH and the residue is repelled by aqueous solution so as to seek the inner positions in the conformation of a peptide in which it is contained when the peptide is in aqueous medium.
  • Amino acids having a hydrophobic side chain include tyrosine, valine, isoleucine, leucine, methionine, phenylalanine and tryptophan.
  • Neutral/polar The residues are not charged at physiological pH, but the residue is not sufficiently repelled by aqueous solutions so that it would seek inner positions in the conformation of a peptide in which it is contained when the peptide is in aqueous medium.
  • Amino acids having a neutral/polar side chain include asparagine, glutamine, cysteine, histidine, serine and threonine.
  • proline This description also characterises certain amino acids as “small” since their side chains are not sufficiently large, even if polar groups are lacking, to confer hydrophobicity.
  • "small” amino acids are those with four carbons or less when at least one polar group is on the side chain and three carbons or less when not.
  • Amino acids having a small side chain include glycine, serine, alanine and threonine.
  • the gene-encoded secondary amino acid proline is a special case due to its known effects on the secondary conformation of peptide chains.
  • the structure of proline differs from all the other naturally-occurring amino acids in that its side chain is bonded to the nitrogen of the ⁇ -amino group, as well as the ⁇ -carbon.
  • amino acid similarity matrices e.g., PAM120 matrix and PAM250 matrix as disclosed for example by Dayhoff et al. (1978) A model of evolutionary change in proteins. Matrices for determining distance relationships In M. O. Dayhoff, (ed.), Atlas of protein sequence and structure, Vol. 5, pp. 345-358, National Biomedical Research Foundation, Washington DC; and by Gonnet et al, 1992, Science 256(5062): 144301445), however, include proline in the same group as glycine, serine, alanine and threonine. Accordingly, for the purposes of the present invention, proline is classified as a "small" amino acid.
  • amino acids specifically contemplated by the invention have been classified as one or the other. Most amino acids not specifically named can be classified on the basis of known behaviour.
  • Amino acid residues can be further sub-classified as cyclic or noncyclic, and aromatic or nonaromatic, self-explanatory classifications with respect to the side-chain substituent groups of the residues, and as small or large. The residue is considered small if it contains a total of four carbon atoms or less, inclusive of the carboxyl carbon, provided an additional polar substituent is present; three or less if not. Small residues are, of course, always nonaromatic. Dependent on their structural properties, amino acid residues may fall in two or more classes.
  • modified amino acids that may be included in the SLEs are gene-encoded amino acids which have been processed after translation of the gene, e.g., by the addition of methyl groups or derivatization through covalent linkage to other substituents or oxidation or reduction or other covalent modification.
  • the classification into which the resulting modified amino acid falls will be determined by the characteristics of the modified form. For example, if lysine were modified by acylating the . -amino group, the modified form would not be classed as basic but as polar/large.
  • Certain commonly encountered amino acids include, for example, /3-alanine ( -Ala), or other omega-amino acids, such as 3-aminopropionic, 2,3-diaminopropionic (2,3-diaP), 4-aminobutyric and so forth, ⁇ -aminoisobutyric acid (Aib), sarcosine (Sar), ornithine (Orn), citrulline (Cit), t-butylalanine (t-BuA), t-butylglycine (t-BuG), N- methylisoleucine (N-Mefle), phenylglycine (Phg), and cyclohexylalanine (Cha), norleucine (Nle), 2-naphthylalanine (2-Nal); l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid (Tic); ⁇ -2- thienyla
  • This replacement can be made by methods known in the art.
  • the following references describe preparation of peptide analogues which include these alternative-linking moieties: Spatola, A.
  • Amino acid residues contained within the SCEs, and particularly at the carboxy- or amino-terminus, can also be modified by amidation, acetylation or substitution with other chemical groups which can, for example, change the solubility of the compounds without affecting their activity.
  • Exemplary SCE amino acid sequences include sequences of any naturally occurring membrane translocation sequence (MTS), which is typically but not exclusively selectable from naturally occurring signal sequences or variants thereof, that have the ability to aggregate into higher order aggregates under physiological conditions, such as inside of a cell.
  • MTS membrane translocation sequence
  • the naturally occurring MTS can be obtained from any suitable organism including, but not limited to, bacteria, mycobacteria, viruses, protozoa, yeast, plants and animals such as insects, avians, reptiles, fish and mammals.
  • the naturally occurring MTS is obtained from bacteria.
  • the naturally occurring MTS amino acid sequence is selected from SEQ ED NO: 12-90.
  • the naturally occurring MTS amino acid sequence is selected from SEQ ID NO:67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 83, 84, 85 and 87.
  • the SCE amino acid sequence includes the sequences of only that portion of an MTS responsible for the aggregation behaviour.
  • the present invention contemplates biologically active fragments of the MTS sequences of the invention.
  • a fragment of a reference MTS can be produced by amino and/or carboxyl terminal deletions as well as internal deletions, which can be obtained for example by enzymatic digestion.
  • the fragment is then conjugated to a polypeptide of interest and the chimeric polypeptide so produced is then tested for the ability to form higher order aggregates.
  • Such testing may employ an assay that provides a qualitative or quantitative determination of molecular weight including, but not restricted to, ultracentrifugation, electrophoresis (e.g., native polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis) and size separation (e.g., gel filtration, ultrafiltration).
  • electrophoresis e.g., native polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis
  • size separation e.g., gel filtration, ultrafiltration.
  • higher order aggregation is tested by size exclusion chromatography as described in more detail below.
  • biological activity of an MTS fragment is tested by introducing into a cell a polynucleotide from which a chimeric polypeptide comprising an MTS fragment and a polypeptide of interest can be translated, and detecting the presence of higher order aggregates, which indicates that the fragment is a biologically active fragment.
  • an SCE, or its fragments can differ from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ED NO: 12-90.
  • the present invention also contemplates variants of the naturally occurring or parent SCE amino acid sequences or their biologically-active fragments, wherem the variants are distinguished from the parent sequences by the addition, deletion, or substitution of one or more amino acids.
  • variants display at least 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%>, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% similarity to a parent SCE sequence as for example set forth in SEQ ED NO: 12-90.
  • variants will have at least 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% sequence identity to a parent SCE sequence as for example set forth in any one of SEQ ID NO: 12-90.
  • sequences differing from the native or parent sequences by the addition, deletion, or substitution of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, or more amino acids but which retain the self-coalescing properties and the ability to confer higher order aggregation to a molecule of interest are contemplated.
  • Polypeptides of the invention include polypeptides that are encoded by polynucleotides that hybridise under stringent, preferably highly stringent conditions to the polynucleotide sequences of the invention, or the non-coding strand thereof, as described infra. In one embodiment, it differs by at least one but by less than 15, 10, 8, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1 amino acid residues. In another, it differs from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 12- 90 by at least one residue but less than 20%, 15%, 10% or 5% of the residues. (If this comparison requires alignment the sequences should be aligned for maximum similarity. "Looped" out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.) The differences are, suitably, differences or changes at a non-essential residue or a conservative substitution.
  • a "non-essential" amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequence of an SCE without abolishing or substantially altering its self-coalescing activity.
  • the alteration does not substantially alter the self-coalescing activity, e.g., the activity is at least 20%., 40%, 60%, 70% or 80% of wild-type.
  • An "essential” amino acid residue is a residue that, when altered from the wild-type sequence ofan SCE, results in abolition of the self-coalescing activity such that less than 20% of the wild-type activity is present.
  • a “conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art and certain subclasses are described above in Table C. Preferred variant SCEs are those having conserved amino acid substitutions. Examples of conservative substitutions include the following: aspartic-glutamic as acidic amino acids; lysine/arginine/histidine as basic amino acids; serine/glycine/alanine/threonine as small amino acids; leucine/isoleucine, methionine/valine, alanine/valine as hydrophobic amino acids. Conservative amino acid substitution also includes groupings based on side chains.
  • a group of amino acids having aliphatic side chains is glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, and isoleucine; a group of amino acids having aliphatic-hydroxyl side chains is serine and threonine; a group of amino acids having amide-containing side chains is asparagine and glutamine; a group of amino acids having aromatic side chains is phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan; a group of amino acids having basic side chains is lysine, arginine, and histidine; and a group of amino acids having sulphur-containing side chains is cysteine and methionine.
  • Amino acid substitutions falling within the scope of the invention are, in general, accomplished by selecting substitutions that do not differ significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the peptide backbone in the area of the substitution, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site, or (c) the bulk of the side chain. After the substitutions are introduced, the variants are screened for biological activity. TABLE D: EXEMPLARY AND PREFERRED AMINO ACID SUBSTITUTIONS
  • similar amino acids for making conservative substitutions can be grouped into three categories based on the identity of the side chains.
  • the first group includes glutamic acid, aspartic acid, arginine, lysine, histidine, which all have charged side chains;
  • the second group includes glycine, serine, threonine, cysteme, tyrosine, glutamine, asparagine;
  • the third group includes leucine, isoleucine, valine, alanine, proline, phenylalanine, tryptophan, methionine, as described in Zubay, G., Biochemistry, third edition, Wm.C. Brown Publishers (1993).
  • a predicted non-essential amino acid residue in an SCE is typically replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family.
  • mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of an SCE coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for self-coalescing activity to identify mutants that retain activity. Following mutagenesis of such coding sequences, the encoded peptide can be expressed recombinantly and the activity of the peptide can be determined.
  • the SCE includes an amino acid sequence having at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94% 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or more similarity to a corresponding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12-90, and has self-coalescing activity.
  • the SCEs of the invention contain a significant number of structural characteristics in common with each other as for example depicted in Figures 1 and 2.
  • the term "family" when referring to the protein and nucleic acid molecules of the invention means two or more proteins or nucleic acid molecules having a common structural domain or motif and having sufficient amino acid or nucleotide sequence homology as defined herein. Such family members can be naturally or non-naturally-occurring and can be from either the same or different species. Members of a family can also have common functional characteristics.
  • Variant SCE sequences which differ from a parent SCE sequence, by the substitution, addition or deletion of at least one amino acid residue may be synthesised de novo using solution or solid phase peptide synthesis techniques as known in the art.
  • variants including variants of naturally-occurring SCE sequences may be conveniently obtained by mutagenesis of their coding sequences. Mutations in nucleotide sequences constructed for expression of variants must, of course, preserve the reading frame phase of the coding sequences and suitably will not create complementary regions that could hybridise to produce secondary mRNA structures such as loops or hairpins which would adversely affect translation of the mRNA.
  • a mutation site may be predetermined, it is not necessary that the nature of the mutation per se be predetermined.
  • random mutagenesis may be conducted at the target codon and the expressed mutants screened for coalescent activity.
  • mutations can be introduced at particular loci by synthesising oligonucleotides encoding the desired amino acid residues, flanked by restriction sites enabling ligation to fragments of the native sequence. Following ligation, the resulting reconstructed sequence encodes a variant having the desired amino acid insertion, substitution, or deletion.
  • oligonucleotide-directed site-specific mutagenesis procedures can be employed to provide an altered nucleotide sequence having particular codons altered according to the substitution, deletion, or insertion required. Exemplary methods of making the alterations set forth above are disclosed by Walder et al. (1986, Gene 42:133); Bauer et al. (1985, Gene 37:73); Craik (1985, BioTechniques Jan. 12-19, ); Smith et al. (Genetic Engineering: Principles and Methods, Plenum Press, 1981); and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,518,584 and 4,737,462.
  • an SCE amino acid sequence of the invention is encoded by a polynucleotide that hybridises to a nucleotide sequence encoding an SCE amino acid sequence as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 12-90; or the non-coding strands complementary to these sequences, under stringency conditions described herein.
  • the SCE amino acid sequence is encoded by a polynucleotide that hybridises to a nucleotide sequence as set forth in SEQ ED NO:91-132 under a stringency condition described herein.
  • the term “hybridises under low stringency, medium stringency, high stringency, or very high stringency conditions” describes conditions for hybridisation and washing. Guidance for performing hybridisation reactions can be found in Ausubel et al, (1998, supra), Sections 6.3.1- 6.3.6. Aqueous and non-aqueous methods are described in that reference and either can be used.
  • the present invention contemplates polynucleotides which hybridise to a reference polynucleotide encoding an SCE amino acid sequence of the invention under at least low stringency conditions.
  • Reference herein to low stringency conditions include and encompass from at least about 1% v/v to at least about 15% v/v formamide and from at least about 1 M to at least about 2 M salt for hybridisation at 42° C, and at least about 1 M to at least about 2 M salt for washing at 42° C.
  • Low stringency conditions also may include 1% Bovine Serum Albumin (BSA), 1 mM EDTA, 0.5 M NaHP0 4 (pH 7.2), 7% SDS for hybridisation at 65° C, and (i) 2xSSC, 0.1%
  • low stringency conditions includes hybridisation in 6X sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) at about 45° C, followed by two washes in 0.2X SSC, 0.1% SDS at least at 50° C (the temperature of the washes can be increased to 55° C for low stringency conditions).
  • SSC sodium chloride/sodium citrate
  • the present invention contemplates polynucleotides which hybridise to a reference SCE-encoding polynucleotide under at least medium stringency conditions.
  • Medium stringency conditions include and encompass from at least about 16% v/v to at least about 30% v/v formamide and from at least about 0.5 M to at least about 0.9 M salt for hybridisation at 42° C, and at least about 0.1 M to at least about 0.2 M salt for washing at 55° C.
  • Medium stringency conditions also may include 1% Bovine Serum Albumin (BSA), 1 mM EDTA, 0.5 M NaHPO 4 (pH 7.2), 7% SDS for hybridisation at 65° C, and (i) 2 x SSC, 0.1% SDS; or (ii) 0.5% BSA, 1 mM EDTA, 40 mM NaHPO 4 (pH 7.2), 5% SDS for washing at 60-65° C.
  • BSA Bovine Serum Albumin
  • 1 mM EDTA 1 mM EDTA, 0.5 M NaHPO 4 (pH 7.2), 7% SDS for hybridisation at 65° C
  • 2 x SSC 0.1% SDS
  • BSA Bovine Serum Albumin
  • BSA Bovine Serum Albumin
  • the present invention contemplates polynucleotides which hybridise to a reference SCE-encoding polynucleotide under high stringency conditions.
  • High stringency conditions include and encompass from at least about 31% v/v to at least about 50% v/v formamide and from about 0.01 M to about 0.15 M salt for hybridisation at 42° C, and about 0.01 M to about 0.02 M salt for washing at 55° C.
  • High stringency conditions also may include 1%> BSA, 1 mM EDTA, 0.5 M NaHPO 4 (pH 7.2), 7% SDS for hybridisation at 65° C, and (i) 0.2 x SSC, 0.1% SDS; or (ii) 0.5% BSA, lmM EDTA, 40 mM NaHPO 4 (pH 7.2), 1% SDS for washing at a temperature in excess of 65° C.
  • One embodiment of high stringency conditions includes hybridising in 6X SSC at about 45° C, followed by one or more washes in 0.2X SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65° C.
  • an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention hybridises under very high stringency conditions.
  • very high stringency conditions includes hybridising 0.5M sodium phosphate, 7% SDS at 65°C, followed by one or more washes at 0.2X SSC, 1% SDS at 65° C.
  • the T m of a duplex DNA decreases by approximately 1° C with every increase of 1% in the number of randomly mismatched base pairs. Washing is generally carried out at T m - 15° C for high stringency, or T m - 30° C for moderate stringency.
  • a membrane e.g., a nitrocellulose membrane or a nylon membrane
  • immobilised DNA is hybridised overnight at 42° C in a hybridisation buffer (50% deionised formamide, 5xSSC, 5x Denhardt's solution (0.1% ficoU, 0.1% polyvinylpyrollidone and 0.1% bovine serum albumin), 0.1%> SDS and 200 mg/mL denatured salmon sperm DNA) containing labelled probe.
  • a hybridisation buffer 50% deionised formamide, 5xSSC, 5x Denhardt's solution (0.1% ficoU, 0.1% polyvinylpyrollidone and 0.1% bovine serum albumin), 0.1%> SDS and 200 mg/mL denatured salmon sperm DNA
  • the membrane is then subjected to two sequential medium stringency washes (i.e., 2xSSC, 0.1% SDS for 15 min at 45° C, followed by 2xSSC, 0.1% SDS for 15 min at 50° C), followed by two sequential higher stringency washes (i.e., 0.2xSSC, 0.1% SDS for 12 min at 55° C followed by 0.2xSSC and 0.1%SDS solution for 12 min at 65-68° C.
  • 2xSSC 0.1% SDS for 15 min at 45° C
  • 2xSSC 0.1% SDS for 15 min at 50° C
  • two sequential higher stringency washes i.e., 0.2xSSC, 0.1% SDS for 12 min at 55° C followed by 0.2xSSC and 0.1%SDS solution for 12 min at 65-68° C.
  • isolated polynucleotides comprising a nucleotide sequence that encodes at least one SCE amino acid sequence, wherein the SCE-encoding portion of the polynucleotide is at least about 99%, at least about 98%, at least about 95%, at least about 90%, at least about 85%, at least about 80%, at least about 75%, or at least about 70% identical over its full length to a reference SCE-encoding polynucleotide as for example set forth in SEQ ID NO:91-132.
  • Natural or artificial sequences can be screened for SCE properties by any suitable method known to persons of skill in the art.
  • higher order aggregation of such chimeric molecules is tested by size exclusion chromatography as described in more detail below.
  • a molecule of interest may be selected from any compound including organic and inorganic compounds.
  • the molecule of interest is selected from organic compounds including, but not limited to, drugs (e.g. antibiotics, hormones, and drugs for treating conditions such as cancer, diabetes, inflammation, cardiovascular disease, sexual dysfunction, neuropsychiatric disorders and the like), metabolites and agrochemical compounds such as pesticides and herbicides.
  • the molecule of interest is an organic polymer and desirably a polymer of biological origin such as a polynucleotide or polypeptide.
  • the molecule of interest is a polypeptide having an enzymatic, therapeutic or antigenic activity.
  • the chimeric molecule is a chimeric polypeptide comprising an SCE that is fused, linked or otherwise associated to a "polypeptide of interest".
  • chimeric polypeptide is meant a polypeptide comprising at least two distinct polypeptide segments (domains) that do not naturally occur together as a single protein. In preferred embodiments, each domain contributes a distinct and useful property to the polypeptide.
  • Polynucleotides that encode chimeric polypeptides can be constructed using conventional recombinant DNA technology to synthesise, amplify, and/or isolate polynucleotides encoding the at least two distinct segments, and to ligate them together.
  • a polypeptide of interest may be selected from any polypeptide that is of commercial or practical interest and that comprises an amino acid sequence, which is typically but not exclusively encodable by the codons of the universal genetic code.
  • Exemplary polypeptides of interest include: enzymes that may have utility in chemical (e.g., enzymes for selective hydrolysis of cyclic secondary alcohols or for transesterification of activated/nonactivated esters), food-processing (e.g., amylases), or other commercial applications (detergent enzymes); enzymes having utility in biotechnology applications, including DNA and RNA polymerases, endonucleases, exonucleases, peptidases, and other DNA and protein modifying enzymes; polypeptides that are capable of specifically binding to compositions of interest, such as polypeptides that act as intracellular or cell surface receptors for other polypeptides, for steroids, for carbohydrates, or for other biological molecules; polypeptides that comprise at least one antigen-binding domain of an antigen-binding molecule; polypeptides that comprise the ligand-binding domain of a ligand-binding protein (e.g., the ligand binding domain of a cell surface receptor); metal binding proteins (e.g
  • the polypeptide of interest is selected from cytokines, growth factors, and hormones, which include, but are not limited to: interferon- ⁇ , interferon- ⁇ , interferon- ⁇ , interleukin-1, interleukin-2, interleukin-3, interleukin-4, interleukin-5, interleukin-6, interleukin-
  • cytokines growth factors, and hormones, which include, but are not limited to: interferon- ⁇ , interferon- ⁇ , interferon- ⁇ , interleukin-1, interleukin-2, interleukin-3, interleukin-4, interleukin-5, interleukin-6, interleukin-
  • the polypeptide of interest is an antigen which can be selected from any foreign or autologous antigens including, but not restricted to, viral, bacterial, protozoan, microbial, tumour antigens as well as self- or auto-antigens.
  • Suitable viral antigens are derived from human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), papilloma virus poliovirus, and influenza virus, Rous sarcoma virus or a virus causing encephalitis such as Japanese encephalitis virus, a herpesvirus including, but not limited to, herpes simplex virus and Epstein-Barr virus, cytomegalovirus, a parvovirus, or a hepatitis virus including, but not limited to, hepatitis strains A, B and C.
  • Desirable bacterial antigens include, but are not limited to, those derived from Neisseria species, Meningococcal species, Haemophilus species Salmonella species, Streptococcal species, Legionella species and Mycobacterium species.
  • Suitable protozoan antigens include, but are not restricted to, those derived from Plasmodium species, Schistosoma species, Leishmania species, Trypanosoma species, Toxoplasma species and Giardia species. Any cancer or tumour antigen is contemplated by the present invention.
  • such antigen may be derived from, melanoma, lung cancer, breast cancer, cervical cancer, prostate cancer, colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, stomach cancer, bladder cancer, kidney cancer, post transplant lymphoproliferative disease (PTLD), Hodgkin's Lymphoma and the like.
  • PTLD post transplant lymphoproliferative disease
  • the polypeptide of interest is a metabolic polypeptide, including polypeptides involved in biotransformation of compounds, such as but not limited to, absorption, binding, uptake, excretion, distribution, transport, processing, conversion or degradation of compounds.
  • metabolic polypeptides include, but are not limited to, drug-metabolising polypeptides (e.g., cytochrome p450 (CYP) isoforms, esterases, acetyl-transferases, acetylases, glucuronosyl-transferases, glucuronidases, glutathione S-transferases and the like), drug-binding polypeptides (e.g., serum albumin, ⁇ -acidic glycoprotein and the like), ornithine transcarbamylase, arginosuccinate synthetase, glutamine synthetase, glycogen synthetase, glucose-6-phosphatase, succinate dehydrogenase,
  • the molecule of interest is a peptide, which is suitably selected from antigenic peptides (including T cell epitopes, B cell epitopes), peptides derived from cytokines, which have a cytokine activity, peptides derived from chemokines, which have a chemokine activity, neuropeptides, anti-inflammatory peptides and receptor ligand peptides, which can block receptor function in aggregate form.
  • the molecule of interest is a hormone, which includes trace substances produced by various endocrine glands which serve as chemical messengers carried by biological fluids including blood to various target organs, where they regulate a variety of physiological and metabolic activities in vertebrates.
  • Suitable hormones include growth hormones, sex hormones, thyroid hormones, pituitary hormones and melanocyte stimulating hormones.
  • the hormone may be selected from estrogens (e.g., estradiol, estrone, estriol, diethylstibestrol, quinestrol, chlorotrianisene, ethinyl estradiol, mestranol), anti-estrogens (such as, for example, clomiphene, tamoxifen), progestins (e.g., medroxyprogesterone, norethindrone, hydroxyprogesterone, norgestrel), antiprogestin (e.g., mifepristone), androgens (e.g., testosterone, testosterone cypionate, dihydrotestosterone, fluoxymesterone, danazol, testolactone), anti- androgens (e.g., cyproterone acetate, flutamide) and the like
  • the hormone may be selected from thyroid hormones (e.g., triiodothyronne, thyroxine, propylthiouracil, methimazole, and iodixode) and gastrointestinal hormones (e.g., gastrin, glucagon, secretin, cholecystokinin, gastric inhibitory peptide, vasoactive intestinal peptide, substance P, glucagon-like immunoreactivity peptide, somatostatin, bombesin, neurotensin and the like).
  • thyroid hormones e.g., triiodothyronne, thyroxine, propylthiouracil, methimazole, and iodixode
  • gastrointestinal hormones e.g., gastrin, glucagon, secretin, cholecystokinin, gastric inhibitory peptide, vasoactive intestinal peptide, substance P, glucagon-like immunoreactivity peptide,
  • the hormone may also be selected from pituitary hormones (e.g., corticofropin, sumutofropin, oxytocin, and vasopressin) and hormones of the adrenal cortex (e.g., adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH), aldosterone, cortisol, corticosterone, deoxycorticosterone and dehydroepiandrosterone).
  • hormones of the adrenal cortex e.g., adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH), aldosterone, cortisol, corticosterone, deoxycorticosterone and dehydroepiandrosterone.
  • Other hormones include prednisone, betamethasone, vetamethasone, cortisone, dexamethasone, flum ' solide, hydrocortisone, methylprednisolone, paramethasone acetate, prednisolone, triamcinolone fludrocortisone and
  • the molecule of interest is linked to or otherwise associated with an ancillary molecule, which comprises a different activity than the molecule of interest.
  • the activity of the ancillary molecule ameliorates or otherwise reduces an unwanted activity (or side effect) of the molecule of interest.
  • the ancillary molecule may be an immunostimulatory molecule, as for example disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,228,373 and U.S. Pat No. 5,466,669, or an immunosuppressive molecule, as for example disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,679,640, which enhances or reduces, respectively, the capacity of the molecule(s) of interest, when in aggregate form, to produce an antigen-specific immune response to the molecule of interest in an animal to which the aggregate has been administered.
  • Chimeric molecules comprising an SCE and a molecule of interest can be produced by any suitable technique known to persons of skill in the art.
  • the present invention is not dependent on, and not directed to, any one particular technique for conjugating an SCE with a molecule of interest.
  • the manner of attachment of the SCE to a molecule of interest should be such that the self-coalescing property of the SCE is not impaired and also such that, on self-assembly of the chimeric molecule into a higher order aggregate the molecule of interest is exposed to the exterior of the aggregate, allowing for interaction of that molecule with a cognate binding or interacting partner molecule.
  • a linker or spacer may be included between the SCE and the molecule of interest to spatially separate the SCE from the molecule of interest.
  • the linker or spacer molecule may be from about 1 to about 100 atoms in length.
  • the linker or spacer molecule comprises one or more amino acid residues (e.g., from about 1 to about 50 amino acid residues and desirably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20 amino acid residues).
  • Such linkers or spacers may facilitate the proper folding of the molecule of interest, to assure that it retains a desired activity even when the chimeric molecule as a whole has formed aggregates with other chimeric SCE- containing molecules.
  • the SCE and the molecule of interest may be in either order i.e., the molecule of interest may be conjugated to the amino-terminus or the carboxyl-terminus of the SCE.
  • the molecule of interest is covalently attached to the SCE.
  • Covalent attachment may be achieved by any suitable means known to persons of skill in the art.
  • a chimeric polypeptide may be prepared by linking polypeptides together using crosslinking reagents.
  • crosslinking agents include carbodiimides such as but not limited to l-cyclohexyl-3-(2-mo ⁇ holinyl-(4-ethyl)carbodiimide (CMC), 1-ethyl- 3-(3-dimethyaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDC) and l-ethyl-3-(4-azoma-4,4-dimethylpentyl) carbodiimide.
  • CMC l-cyclohexyl-3-(2-mo ⁇ holinyl-(4-ethyl)carbodiimide
  • EDC 1-ethyl- 3-(3-dimethyaminopropyl)carbodiimide
  • crosslinking agents of this type are selected from the group consisting of 1 -cyclohexyl-3 -(2-morpholinyl-(4-ethyl)carbodiimide,( 1 -ethyl-3 -(3 -dimethya minopropyl carbodiimide (EDC) and l-ethyl-3-(4-azonia-4,4-dimethylpentyl)carbodiimide.
  • EDC epiethyl-3 -(3 -dimethya minopropyl carbodiimide
  • l-ethyl-3-(4-azonia-4,4-dimethylpentyl)carbodiimide examples of other suitable crosslinking agents are cyanogen bromide, glutaraldehyde and succinic anhydride.
  • any of a number of homobifunctional agents including a homobifunctional aldehyde, a homobifunctional epoxide, a homobifunctional imidoester, a homobifunctional N- hydroxysuccinimide ester, a homobifunctional maleimide, a homobifunctional alkyl halide, a homobifunctional pyridyl disulfide, a homobifunctional aryl halide, a homobifunctional hydrazide, a homobifunctional diazonium derivative and a homobifunctional photoreactive compound may be used.
  • heterobifunctional compounds for example, compounds having an amine- reactive and a sulfhydryl-reactive group, compounds with an amine-reactive and a photoreactive group and compounds with a carbonyl-reactive and a sulfhydryl-reactive group.
  • Homobifunctional reagents are molecules with at least two identical functional groups.
  • the functional groups of the reagent generally react with one of the functional groups on a protein, typically an amino group.
  • Specific examples of such homobifunctional crosslinking reagents include the bifunctional N-hydroxysuccinimide esters dithiobis(succinimidylpropionate), disuccinimidyl suberate, and disuccinimidyl tartrate; the bifunctional imidoesters dimethyl adipimidate, dimethyl pimelimidate, and dimethyl suberimidate; the bifunctional sulfhydryl- reactive crosslinkers l,4-di-[3'-(2'-pyridyldithio) ⁇ ropionamido]butane, bismaleimidohexane, and bis-N-maleimido-1, 8-octane; the bifunctional aryl halides l,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitro
  • homobifunctional crosslinking reagents for the purpose of forming a chimeric polypeptide according to the invention, skilled practitioners in the art will appreciate that it is more difficult to attach different proteins in an ordered fashion with these reagents.
  • heterobifunctional crosslinking reagents are preferred because one can control the sequence of reactions, and combine proteins at will. Heterobifunctional reagents thus provide a more sophisticated method for linking two polypeptide.
  • Partner B one of the molecules to be joined, hereafter called Partner A, to possess a reactive group not found on the other, hereafter called Partner A, or else require that one of the two functional groups be blocked or otherwise greatly reduced in reactivity while the other group is reacted with Partner A.
  • Partner A is reacted with the heterobifunctional reagent to form a derivatised Partner A molecule. If the unreacted functional group of the crosslinker is blocked, it is then deprotected. After deprotecting, Partner B is coupled to derivatised Partner A to form the conjugate.
  • Primary amino groups on Partner A are reacted with an activated carboxylate or imidate group on the crosslinker in the derivatisation step.
  • a reactive thiol or a blocked and activated thiol at the other end of the crosslinker is reacted with an electrophilic group or with a reactive thiol, respectively, on Partner B.
  • the electrophile on Partner B preferably will be a blocked and activated thiol, a maleimide, or a halomethylene carbonyl (eg. bromoacetyl or iodoacetyl) group.
  • heterobifunctional reagent N-succinimidyl 3-(2- pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP) (see for example Carlsson et al, 1978, Biochem. , 173: 723- 737).
  • SPDP N-succinimidyl 3-(2- pyridyldithio)propionate
  • Other heterobifunctional reagents for linking proteins include for example succinimidyl 4-(N- maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-l -carboxylate (SMCC) (Yoshitake et al, 1979, Eur. J.
  • heterobifunctional reagent is N-succinimidyl 3-(2- pyridyldithio)butyrate (SPDB) (Worrell et al, 1986, Anti-Cancer Drug Design, 1: 179-188), which is identical in structure to SPDP except that it contain a single methyl-group branch alpha to the sulfur atom which is blocked and activated by 2-thiopyridine.
  • SPDB N-succinimidyl 3-(2- pyridyldithio)butyrate
  • heterobifunctional reagents containing reactive disulfide bonds include sodium S-4-succinimidyloxycarbonyl-c.-methylbenzylthiosulfate, 4-succimmidyl- oxycarbony-c--methyl-(2-pyridyldithio)toluene.
  • heterobifunctional reagents comprising reactive groups having a double bond that reacts with a thiol group
  • examples of heterobifunctional reagents comprising reactive groups having a double bond that reacts with a thiol group include SMCC mentioned above, succinimidyl m- maleimidobenzoate, succinimidyl 3-(maleimido)propionate, sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(p- maleimidophenyl)butyrate, sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethylcyclohexane- 1 -carboxylate and maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS).
  • MBS is used to produce the conjugate.
  • chimeric polypeptides may be synthesised using solution synthesis or solid phase synthesis as described, for example, in Chapter 9 of Atherton and Shephard (supra) and in Roberge et al (1995).
  • Peptides of the present invention can be synthesised by solution or solid phase synthesis methods as known in the art.
  • the widely used Merrifield solid phase synthesis method including the experimental procedures, is described in the following references: Stewart et al. (1969, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, W. H.
  • the chimeric polypeptide is produced using recombinant nucleic acid based methodologies.
  • another aspect of the present invention provides an isolated, synthetic or recombinant polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence that encodes a chimeric polypeptide, wherein the polynucleotide comprises a first nucleotide sequence encoding at least one self-coalescing element (SCE) as broadly described above and fused in frame with a second nucleotide sequence encoding at least one polypeptide of interest.
  • SCE self-coalescing element
  • in frame is meant that when the polynucleotide is transformed into a host cell, the cell can transcribe and translate the polynucleotide sequence into a single polypeptide comprising both the SCE amino acid sequence and the at least one polypeptide of interest.
  • nucleic acid molecules encoding chimeric polypeptides can be synthesised de novo using readily available machinery. Sequential synthesis of DNA is described, for example, in U.S. Patent No 4,293,652.
  • recombinant techniques may be employed including use of restriction endonucleases to cleave different SCE-encoding polynucleotides and use of ligases to ligate together in the same reading frame a cleaved polynucleotides encoding a molecule of interest.
  • Suitable recombinant techniques are described for example in the relevant sections of Ausubel, et al. (supra) and of Sambrook, et al, (supra).
  • the synthetic polynucleotide is constructed using splicing by overlapping extension (SOEing) as for example described by Horton et al.
  • nucleotide sequences can be joined directly; or that the nucleotide sequences can be separated by additional codons.
  • additional codons also may be included between the sequence encoding the SCE amino acid sequence and the sequence encoding the at least one polypeptide of interest to provide a linker amino acid sequence that serves to spatially separate the SCE amino acid sequence from the polypeptide of interest.
  • linkers may facilitate the proper folding of the polypeptide of interest, to assure that it retains a desired biological activity even when the chimeric polypeptide as a whole has formed aggregates with other chimeric polypeptides containing the SCE amino acid sequence.
  • the linkers suitably comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or more charged, typically basic, amino acid residues that prevent or reduce the capacity of an SCE amino acid sequence to be cleaved intracellularly from the chimeric polypeptide.
  • these charged amino acid residues are placed at, or closely adjacent to, the amino terminus of the polypeptide of .interest (e.g., within about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 amino acid residues of the amino terminus).
  • additional codons may be included simply as a result of cloning techniques, such as ligations and restriction endonuclease digestions, and strategic introduction of restriction endonuclease recognition sequences into the polynucleotide.
  • the encoding sequences of the polynucleotide may be in either order i.e., the SCE amino acid encodmg sequence may be upstream (5') or downstream (3') of the nucleotide sequence encoding the at least one polypeptide of interest, such that the SCE amino acid sequence of the resultant chimeric polypeptide is disposed at an amino-terminal or carboxyl-terminal position relative to the at least one polypeptide of interest.
  • the nucleotide sequence encoding the SCE is disposed downstream (3') of the sequence encoding the at least one polypeptide of interest, hi an embodiment comprising sequences encoding two or more polypeptides of interest, the SCE-encoding sequence may be disposed between the two polypeptides of interest.
  • sequences are not already inherent in the above-described recombinant polynucleotides, it will be understood that such polynucleotides suitably further comprise regulatory elements such as but not limited to a translation initiation codon fused in frame and upstream (5') of the encoding sequences, and a translation stop codon fused in frame and downstream (3') of the encodmg sequences.
  • a recombinant chimeric polypeptide according to the invention may be prepared by a procedure including the steps of (a) preparing a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence that encodes a chimeric polypeptide comprising a self-coalescing element fused with at least one polypeptide of interest, wherein the nucleotide sequence is operably linked to one or more regulatory elements; (b) introducing the recombinant polynucleotide into a suitable host cell; (c) culturing the host cell to express recombinant polypeptide from said recombinant polynucleotide; and (d) isolating the recombinant chimeric polypeptide from the cell or cell medium.
  • vectors comprising the recombinant polynucleotides, and host cells comprising the polynucleotides or comprising the vectors.
  • Vectors are useful for amplifying the polynucleotides in host cells.
  • Preferred vectors include expression vectors, which contain appropriate regulatory elements to permit expression of the encoded chimeric protein in a host cell that has been transformed or transfect with the vectors.
  • Expression vectors include, but are not limited to, self- replicating extra-chromosomal vectors such as plasmids, or vector that integrate into a host genome.
  • the regulatory elements will generally be appropriate for the host cell used for expression. Numerous types of appropriate expression vectors and suitable regulatory sequences are known in the art for a variety of host cells.
  • the regulatory elements include, but are not limited to, promoter sequences, leader or signal sequences, ribosomal binding sites, transcriptional initiation and termination sequences, translational initiation and termination sequences, and enhancer or activator sequences.
  • Constitutive or inducible promoters as known in the art are contemplated by the invention.
  • the promoters may be either naturally occurring promoters, or hybrid promoters that combine elements of more than one promoter.
  • the expression vector contains a selectable marker gene to allow the selection of transformed or transfected host cells.
  • Selection genes are well known in the art and will vary with the host cell used.
  • the expression vector may also include a fusion partner (typically provided by the expression vector) so that the recombinant polypeptide of the invention is expressed as a fusion polypeptide with said fusion partner.
  • a fusion partner typically provided by the expression vector
  • the main advantage of fusion partners is that they assist identification and/or purification of said fusion polypeptide.
  • fusion partners include, but are not limited to, glutathione-S-transferase (GST), Fc potion of human IgG, maltose binding protein (MBP) and hexahistidine (HIS 6 ), which are particularly useful for isolation of the fusion polypeptide by affinity chromatography.
  • GST glutathione-S-transferase
  • MBP maltose binding protein
  • HIS 6 hexahistidine
  • relevant matrices for affinity chromatography are glutathione-, amylose-, and nickel- or cobalt-conjugated resins respectively.
  • Many such matrices are available in "kit” form, such as the QIAexpressTM system (Qiagen) useful with (HIS 6 ) fusion partners and the Pharmacia GST purification system.
  • the recombinant polynucleotide is expressed in the commercial vector pFLAG as described more fully hereinafter.
  • Another fusion partner well known in the art is green fluorescent protein (GFP).
  • GFP green fluorescent protein
  • This fusion partner serves as a fluorescent "tag" which allows the fusion polypeptide of the invention to be identified by fluorescence microscopy or by flow cytometry.
  • the GFP tag is useful when assessing subcellular localisation of the fusion polypeptide of the invention, or for isolating cells which express the fusion polypeptide of the invention.
  • Flow cytometric methods such as fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) are particularly useful in this latter application.
  • the fusion partners also have protease cleavage sites, such as for Factor X a or Thrombin, which allow the relevant protease to partially digest the fusion polypeptide of the invention and thereby liberate the recombinant polypeptide of the invention therefrom. The liberated polypeptide can then be isolated from the fusion partner by subsequent chromatographic separation.
  • Fusion partners according to the invention also include within their scope "epitope tags", which are usually short peptide sequences for which a specific antibody is available.
  • epitope tags for which specific monoclonal antibodies are readily available include c-Myc, influenza virus, haemagglutinin and FLAG tags.
  • the polynucleotide includes 5' and 3' flanking regions that have substantial sequence homology with a region in the organism's genome, which can facilitate the introduction of the polynucleotide into the genome by homologous recombination.
  • the recombinant polynucleotide may be introduced into the host cell by any suitable method including transfection and transformation, the choice of which will be dependent on the host cell employed.
  • another aspect of the present invention provides a host cell transformed or transfected with a recombinant polynucleotide encoding a chimeric polypeptide according to the invention.
  • Such host cells are capable of producing a chimeric polypeptide of the invention, which can aggregate with other like chimeric polypeptides in vitro or in vivo, under conditions favourable to aggregation, to form higher order homo-aggregates.
  • the invention contemplates a host cell transformed or transfected with at least two recombinant polynucleotides encoding chimeric polypeptides according to the invention, wherein the at least two polynucleotides encode compatible SCE amino acid sequences and distinct polypeptides of interest.
  • Such host cells are capable of producing at least two chimeric polypeptides of the invention, which can aggregate with each other in vitro or in vivo, under conditions favourable to aggregation, to form higher ordered aggregates.
  • Such hetero-aggregates can be used advantageously for example to provide a plurality of antigens for immunopotentiating a host against a disease or condition or to provide a plurality of enzymic activities for the catalysis of a multi-step chemical reaction.
  • compatible SCE amino acid sequences is meant SCE amino acid sequence that are either identical or sufficiently similar to permit co-aggregation with each other into higher order aggregates.
  • Suitable host cells for expression may be prokaryotic or eukaryotic.
  • the host cell may be from the same kingdom (prokaryotic, animal, plant, fungi, protista, etc.) as the organism from which the SCE amino acid sequence of the polynucleotide was derived, or from a different kingdom.
  • the host cell is from the same species as the organism from which the SCE amino acid sequence of the polynucleotide was derived.
  • One preferred host cell for expression of a polypeptide according to the invention is a bacterium.
  • the bacterium used may be Escherichia coli.
  • the host cell may be an insect cell such as, for example, SF9 cells that may be utilised with a baculovirus expression system.
  • the invention contemplates a cell culture comprising host cells as broadly described above, wherein the cells express the chimeric polypeptide encoded by the polynucleotide as broadly described above, and wherein the cell culture includes cells wherein the chimeric polypeptide is present in the form of a higher order aggregate.
  • Recombinant chimeric polypeptides may be conveniently prepared by a person skilled in the art using standard protocols as for example described in Sambrook, et al, 1989, in particular Sections 16 and 17; Ausubel et al, (1994-1998), in particular Chapters 10 and 16; and Coligan et al, (1995-1997), in particular Chapters 1, 5 and 6.
  • such polypeptides may be prepared by culturing a host cell containing a recombinant polynucleotide as broadly described above.
  • the invention contemplates a method for producing chimeric polypeptide as defined herein, comprising transforming or transfecting a cell with at least one recombinant polynucleotide of the invention; and growing the cell under conditions which result in expression of at least one chimeric polypeptide.
  • the method further includes the step of isolating the chimeric polypeptide from the cell or from the growth medium of the cell.
  • the present invention also contemplates recombinant or synthetic chimeric polypeptides with or without associated native-protein glycosylation.
  • Expression of recombinant polynucleotides as broadly described above in bacteria such as E. coli provides non-glycosylated molecules.
  • Functional mutant variant chimeric polypeptides having inactivated N-glycosylation sites can be produced by oligonucleotide synthesis and ligation or by site-specific mutagenesis techniques.
  • N-glycosylation sites in eukaryotic proteins are characterised by the amino acid triplet Asn-A Z, where Ai is any amino acid except Pro, and Z is Ser or Thr.
  • asparagine (Asn) provides a side chain amino group for covalent attachment of carbohydrate.
  • Such a site can be eliminated by substituting another amino acid for Asn or for residue Z, deleting Asn or Z, or inserting a non-Z amino acid between Ai and Z, or an amino acid other than Asn between Asn and Ai .
  • Recombinant chimeric polypeptides may also be prepared using genetically modified, typically non-human, animals. Accordingly, the present invention is directed towards genetically modified animals that express polynucleotides encoding the chimeric molecules of the invention.
  • the genetic modification is generally in the form of a transgene and thus the genetically modified animal of the present invention is a transgenic animal that comprises at least one transgene in its cells, which includes a polynucleotide that encodes at least one chimeric molecule as broadly described above and that is operably linked to a regulatory element, which generally includes a transcriptional confrol element.
  • the transgene is suitably contained within somatic cells of the animal, although it may also be contained within its germ cells.
  • the transgenic animal is a mammal, which is suitably selected from the order Rodentia.
  • the fransgenic mammal is a mouse, although rats are also of particular utility.
  • the present invention is not restricted to these species.
  • the transgenic animal may be a goat, cow, sheep, dog, guinea pig or chicken.
  • the genetically modified animals of the present invention may be prepared by any number of means.
  • a nucleic acid targeting construct or vector is prepared comprising two regions flanking the transgene wherein the regions are sufficiently homologous with portions of the genome of an animal to undergo homologous recombination with those portions.
  • constructs for random integration need not include regions of homology to mediate recombination.
  • markers for positive and negative selection are included in the constructs to permit selection of recombinant host cells.
  • the targeting DNA construct is generally introduced into an embryonic stem (ES) cell or ES cell line. Methods for generating cells having gene modifications through homologous recombination are known in the art.
  • the invention also encompasses a method of producing a higher order aggregate.
  • the method comprises providing a chimeric molecule comprising at least one SCE as herein defined, which is fused, linked or otherwise associated with a molecule of interest having a particular activity.
  • the at least one SCE of the chimeric molecule is capable of coalescing with the SCEs of other chimeric molecules under conditions favourable to aggregation, whereby aggregation of the chimeric molecules results to form a higher order aggregate (i.e., homo-aggregate) with enhanced activity relative to the non-aggregated molecule of interest.
  • the molecules of interest is a polypeptide and a higher-order homo-aggregate comprising the polypeptide is produced by expression of the chimeric molecules in a host cell under conditions favourable to aggregation.
  • the invention provides a method of producing a higher order aggregate comprising two or more distinct activities.
  • the method comprises providing at least two chimeric molecules, wherein an individual chimeric molecule comprises at least one SCE as herein defined, which is compatible with the SCE(s) of the other chimeric molecule(s), and which is fused, linked or otherwise associated with a molecule of interest having an activity distinct from the activity of other molecule(s) of interest corresponding to the other chimeric molecule(s).
  • the SCEs of the first and second chimeric molecules will coalesce with each other under conditions favourable to aggregation so as to facilitate assembly of the chimeric molecules into higher order aggregates (i.e., hetero-aggregate) comprising the aforementioned distinct activities,
  • the molecules of interest are polypeptides and a hetero-aggregate comprising these polypeptides is produced by co-expression of the at least two chimeric molecules in a host cell under conditions favourable to aggregation.
  • the above methods further include the step of isolating the higher order aggregate from the cell or from the growth medium of the cell.
  • each chimeric protein comprising an SCE and a polypeptide of interest is produced in a separate and distinct host cell system and recovered (purified and isolated).
  • the proteins are either recovered in soluble form or are solubilised. (Complete purification is desirable but not essential for subsequent aggregation.) Thereafter, a desired mixture of the two or more polypeptides is created and subjected to conditions that permit aggregation or polymerisation.
  • Such conditions include physiological conditions or may involve the induction of aggregation, e.g., by "seeding" with a protein aggregate, by concentrating the mixture to increase molarity of the proteins, or by altering salinity, acidity, or other factors.
  • the desired mixture may be 1:1 or may be at a ratio weighted in favour of one chimeric protein (e.g., weighted in favour of a polypeptide that has a lower association constant with its binding or interacting partner than another polypeptide whose collective activities are required to achieve a biological outcome).
  • the different chimeric proteins co-polymerise with the seed and with each other because they comprise compatible SCE domains, and most preferably identical SCE domains.
  • At least two distinct host cell systems are co-cultured, and the chimeric proteins are secreted into the common culture medium.
  • the proteins can be co-purified from the medium or can be subjected to conditions favourable to aggregation to form higher order aggregates without prior purification.
  • the transgenes for two or more recombinant chimeric polypeptides are co-transfected into the same host cell, either on a single polynucleotide construct or multiple constructs.
  • a host cell produces both recombinant polypeptides, which will form higher order aggregate in vivo under conditions favourable to aggregation.
  • both recombinant polypeptides can be recovered in soluble form and subjected to conditions favourable to aggregation in vitro to form higher order aggregates.
  • the biological activity of the homo- or hetero-aggregates of the present invention can be assayed using standard techniques known to persons of skill in the art.
  • antigenic aggregates may be tested for immunogenicity by immunising an animal with the aggregates and assessing whether immune cells of the animal primed to attack such antigens are increased in number, activity, and ability to detect and destroy those antigens.
  • Strength of immune response is measured by standard tests including: direct measurement of peripheral blood lymphocytes by means known to the art; natural killer cell cytotoxicity assays (see, e.g., Independenti M. et al (1992, J. Immunol. Meth. 155: 19-24), cell proliferation assays (see, e.g., Vollenweider, I.
  • cytokine aggregates can be tested for their ability to confer the activity of the cytokine, e.g., the ability of SCE-GM-CSF to stimulate the proliferation of granulocytes and macrophages in vivo.
  • Such techniques are well known to the skilled practitioner. 5.
  • the present invention also provides practical applications of the higher order aggregates of the invention.
  • the invention contemplates the use of higher order homo-aggregates in a range of applications, including therapeutic, prophylactic and chemical process applications.
  • the homo-aggregate comprises a therapeutic polypeptide for treating or preventing a particular disease or condition.
  • the therapeutic polypeptide may be a cytokine such as granulocyte/macrophage colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF), which is a haematopoietic growth factor that stimulates the survival, proliferation, differentiation and function of myeloid cells and their precursors, particularly damrophil and eosinophil granulocytes and monocytes/macrophages.
  • GM-CSF granulocyte/macrophage colony-stimulating factor
  • GM-CSF is useful for treating a variety of haematopoietic conditions, including myelosuppressive disorders such as Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) and infectious diseases. It is also useful for treating cancers such as melanoma. Because higher order GM-CSF aggregates will have enhanced activity in accordance with the present invention (e.g., a higher potency and/or a prolonged circulating half-life), the frequency with which they must be used or administered is reduced, or the amount used or administered to achieve an effective dose is reduced.
  • myelosuppressive disorders such as Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) and infectious diseases.
  • cancers such as melanoma.
  • higher order GM-CSF aggregates will have enhanced activity in accordance with the present invention (e.g., a higher potency and/or a prolonged circulating half-life)
  • the frequency with which they must be used or administered is reduced, or the amount used or administered to achieve an effective dose is reduced.
  • a reduced quantity of aggregate would be necessary over the course of treatment than would otherwise be necessary if a non-aggregated form of GM-CSF were used alone for proliferation, differentiation and functional activation of hematopoietic progenitor cells, such as bone marrow cells.
  • Other examples of therapeutically useful proteins which can be used to form homo-aggregates in accordance with the present invention are chemokine proteins, e.g., monocyte chemoattractant protein- 1 (MCP-1), which may also be used mter alia for cancer treatment.
  • MCP-1 monocyte chemoattractant protein- 1
  • the homo-aggregate comprises a polypeptide having enzymatic activity, especially an activity considered to be of catalytic value in a chemical process.
  • Higher order aggregates comprising such polypeptides can be used as a catalytic matrix for carrying out the chemical process.
  • the invention contemplates the use of higher order hetero-aggregates.
  • the higher order hetero-aggregates comprise a plurality of antigens for modulating an immune response in an individual.
  • Such multi-valent immunomodulating compositions may be administered alone or in combination with adjuvants that enhance the effectiveness of the compositions.
  • the higher order aggregates will be particulate in nature and could be used advantageously to prime antigen presenting cells, especially dendritic cells, for high efficiency delivery of the antigens to both the MHC class I and/or MHC class II pathways of these cells.
  • the treated dendritic cells will elicit a strong immune response with very efficient generation of antigen-specific CTLs and T helper cells.
  • Other antigen-presenting cells that could be primed with the aggregates of the invention include monocytes, macrophages, cells of myeloid lineage, B cells, dendritic cells or Langerhans cells. Methods for producing antigen-primed dendritic cells are described for example by Steinman et al. in U.S. Pat . No. 5,994,126.
  • the higher order hetero-aggregates comprise a first chimeric polypeptide comprising interleukin-2 (IL-2) and a second chimeric polypeptide comprising Fas ligand.
  • IL-2 interleukin-2
  • Fas ligand a second chimeric polypeptide comprising Fas ligand.
  • ordered aggregates are created comprising two or more enzymes, such as a first enzyme that catalyses one step of a chemical process and a second enzyme that catalyses a downstream step involving a "metabolic" product from the first enzymatic reaction.
  • Such aggregates will generally increase the speed and/or efficiency of the chemical process due to the proximity of the first reaction products and the second catalyst enzyme.
  • the higher order aggregates can be used for the prevention or treatment of many conditions or deficiencies in patients by physicians and/or veterinarians. Accordingly, the invention contemplates in another aspect a pharmaceutical composition comprising a higher order aggregate of the invention, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and/or diluent.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and/or diluent.
  • the amount of aggregates used in the treatment of various conditions will, of course, depend upon the severity of the condition being treated, the route of administration chosen, and the specific activity or purity of the higher order aggregate, and will be determined by the attending physician or veterinarian.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration comprise the higher order aggregate in an effective amount and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • compositions of the present invention can be administered by a variety of routes, including, but not limited to, parenteral (e.g., injection, including but not limited to, intravenous, intraarterial, intramuscular, subcutaneous; inhalation, including but not limited to, intrabronchial, intranasal or oral inhalation, intranasal drops; topical) and non-parenteral (e.g., oral, including but not limited to, dietary; rectal).
  • parenteral e.g., injection, including but not limited to, intravenous, intraarterial, intramuscular, subcutaneous
  • inhalation including but not limited to, intrabronchial, intranasal or oral inhalation, intranasal drops; topical
  • non-parenteral e.g., oral, including but not limited to, dietary; rectal.
  • the carriers will be non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed.
  • suitable carriers include, for example, aqueous or alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media.
  • suitable carriers include, for example, aqueous or alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media.
  • Parenteral vehicles can include sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's or fixed oils.
  • Intravenous vehicles can include various additives, preservatives, or fluid, nutrient or electrolyte replenishers. See, generally, Remington's Pharmaceutical Science, 16th Edition, Mack, Ed. (1980).
  • the compound can be solubilised and loaded into a suitable dispenser for administration (e.g., an atomiser, nebuliser or pressurised aerosol dispenser).
  • Fusion proteins can be administered individually, together or in combination with other drugs or agents (e.g., other chemotherapeutic agents, immune system enhancers).
  • the present invention also contemplates immunopotentiating compositions comprising a higher order aggregate of the invention and optionally an adjuvant.
  • adjuvants which may be effective include but are not limited to: aluminium hydroxide, N-acetyl-muramyl-L- threonyl-D-isoglutamine (thur-MDP), N-acetyl-nor-muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine (CGP 11637, referred to as nor-MDP), N-acetylmuramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutaminyl-L-alanine-2-( -2'- dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-hydroxyphosphoryloxy)-ethylamine (CGP 1983 A, referred to as MTP- PE), and REBI, which contains three components extracted from bacteria, monophosphoryl lipid A, trehalose dimycolate and cell wall skeleton (MPL+TDM+CWS) in a 2% squalene/Tween 80 emulsion.
  • thur-MDP N-
  • the effectiveness of an adjuvant may be determined by measuring the amount of antibodies resulting from the administration of the composition, wherein those antibodies are directed against one or more antigens presented by the treated cells of the composition.
  • the immunopotentiating composition may contain minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents and/or pH buffering agents that enhance the effectiveness of the composition.
  • devices or compositions containing the immunopotentiating compositions suitable for sustained or intermittent release could be, in effect, implanted in the body or topically applied thereto for the relatively slow release of such materials into the body.
  • the immunopotentiating compositions are conventionally administered parenterally, by injection, for example, either subcutaneously or intramuscularly.
  • Additional formulations which are suitable for other modes of administration include suppositories and, in some cases, oral formulations.
  • suppositories traditional binders and carriers may include, for example, polyalkylene glycols or triglycerides; such suppositories may be formed from mixtures containing the active ingredient in the range of 0.5% to 10%, preferably l%-2%.
  • Oral formulations include such normally employed excipients as, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium carbonate, and the like.
  • compositions take the form of solutions, suspensions, tablets, pills, capsules, sustained release formulations or powders and contain 10%- 95% of active ingredient, preferably 25%-70%>.
  • a method for treatment and/or prophylaxis of a disease or condition comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition as broadly described above.
  • the disease or condition may be caused by a pathogenic organism or a cancer as for example described above or it may be an autoimmune disease or allergy.
  • the immunopotentiating composition of the invention is suitable for the treatment or prophylaxis of a cancer.
  • Cancers which could be suitably treated in accordance with the practices of this invention include cancers of the lung, breast, ovary, cervix, colon, head and neck, pancreas, prostate, stomach, bladder, kidney, bone liver, oesophagus, brain, testicle, uterus, melanoma and the various leukemias and lymphomas.
  • the immunopotentiating composition is suitable for treatment of, or prophylaxis against, a viral, bacterial or parasitic infection.
  • Viral infections contemplated by the present invention include, but are not restricted to, infections caused by HIV, Hepatitis, Influenza, Japanese encephalitis virus, Epstein-Barr virus and respiratory syncytial virus.
  • Bacterial infections include, but are not restricted to, those caused by Neisseria species, Meningococcal species, Haemophilus species Salmonella species, Streptococcal species, Legionella species and Mycobacterium species.
  • Parasitic infections encompassed by the invention include, but are not restricted to, those caused by Plasmodium species, Schistosoma species, Leishmania species, Trypanosoma species, Toxoplasma species and Giardia species.
  • the above compositions or vaccines may be administered in a manner compatible with the dosage formulation, and in such amount as is therapeutically effective to alleviate patients from the disease or condition or as is prophylactically effective to prevent incidence of the disease or condition in the patient.
  • the dose administered to a patient in the context of the present invention, should be sufficient to effect a beneficial response in a patient over time such as a reduction or cessation of blood loss.
  • the quantity of the composition or vaccine to be administered may depend on the subject to be treated inclusive of the age, sex, weight and general health condition thereof. In this regard, precise amounts of the composition or vaccine for administration will depend on the judgement of the practitioner, hi determining the effective amount of the composition or vaccine to be administered in the freatment of a disease or condition, the physician may evaluate the progression of the disease or condition over time. In any event, those of skill in the art may readily determine suitable dosages of the composition or vaccine of the invention.
  • Molecules of interest including bioactive polypeptides can be assembled into higher order aggregates by covalent attachment of a portable construct comprising a signal peptide and a flexible linker to the amino-terminus or the carboxy-terminus of the individual bioactive polypeptides.
  • the signal peptide linker comprises the sequence: MKKTA 1AIAVALAGFATVAQAGGGGSGGGGSGGGGS*** [SEQ ED NO: 133] or the sequence ***GSSGSGGGGSGGGGSTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQATKK [SEQ ID NO: 134].
  • the first 21 amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO: 133 and the last 21 amino acid residues of SEQ ED NO: 134 are derived from the OmpA signal peptide.
  • the remaining amino acid residues of these sequences represent shortened versions of a flexible hydrophilic linker that is routinely used, for example, in single-chain antibody production.
  • Other flexible hydrophilic linkers have been reported and could be used in their place.
  • a recombinant or synthetic chimeric construct is assembled by linking together in the same reading frame a first nucleotide sequence encoding an SCE, a second nucleotide sequence encoding a peptide or polypeptide of interest and a third nucleotide sequence encoding a tag peptide, which facilitates purification of the construct.
  • Optionally interposed between the first and second nucleotide sequences and the second and third nucleotide sequences are spacer-encoding oligonucleotides, which, when translated, space the polypeptide of interest from the SCE so that the SCE sequence does not interfere substantially with proper folding of the polypeptide of interest.
  • the SCE may be linked to either the N-terminus or the C-terminus of a polypeptide of interest.
  • the constructs encode fusion proteins, which are summarised by the following general formulae:
  • nucleic acid constructs that encode the chimeric molecules of the invention are designed with appropriate translation initiation (e.g., ATG) and termination (e.g., TAA) signals if such signals are not already provided by the terminal elements of the constructs.
  • appropriate translation initiation e.g., ATG
  • termination e.g., TAA
  • constructs can be inserted into appropriate expression vectors (e.g., a ⁇ ET-28a(+) vector, which is commercially available from Novagen) for recombinant expression of the construct.
  • appropriate expression vectors e.g., a ⁇ ET-28a(+) vector, which is commercially available from Novagen
  • Self-coalescing murine GM-CSF construct A self-coalescing murine GM-CSF is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
  • n 1
  • the nucleotides in normal type face encode murine GM-CSF
  • the double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2
  • the italicised nucleotides encode the FLAG tag to facilitate purification
  • the nucleotides in bold type face are a tandem pair of translation termination codons.
  • a self-coalescing human GM-CSF is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
  • a self-coalescing murine EFN- ⁇ is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence: ATGCA TCA TCAT A TCA TCA 7TTGCTCGAGTAACAACAGGTGGATCCTCCACGCT GCGTTCCTGCTGTGCTTCTCCACCACAGCCCTCTCCATCAACTATAAGCAGCTCCAGCT CCAAGAAAGGACGAACATTCGGAAATGTCAGGAGCTCCTGGAGCAGCTGAATGGAAA GATCAACCTCACCTACAGGGCGGACTTCAAGATCCCTATGGAGATGACGGAGAAGAT GCAGAAGAGTTACACTGCCTTTGCCATCCAAGAGATGCTCCAGAATGTCTTTCTTGTCT TCAGAAACAATTTCCAGCACTGGGTGGAATGAGACTATTGTTGTACGTCTCCTGGA TGAACTCCACCAGCAGACAGTGTTTCTGAAGACAGTACTAGAGGAAAAGCAAGAGGA AAGATTGACGTGGGAGATGTCCTCAACTGCTCTCCACTTGAAG
  • nucleotides in bold type face are a translation initiation codon
  • the italicised nucleotides encode the His tag to facilitate purification
  • the double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2
  • the nucleotides in normal type face encode murine IFN- ⁇
  • a self-coalescing human IFN- ⁇ is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
  • a self-coalescing murine IL-lRa is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
  • a self-coalescing human EL-lRa is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
  • nucleotides in bold type face are a translation initiation codon
  • the italicised nucleotides encode the His tag to facilitate purification
  • the double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2
  • the nucleotides in normal type face encode human ILl-Ra
  • the boxed nucleotides encode SCE-C.
  • a self-coalescing murine IL-2 is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence: ATGGCTTGGCGTCACCCGCAGTTCGGTGGTGGCTCGAGTTACAGCATGCAGCT
  • a self-coalescing human IL-2 is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
  • a self-coalescing murine Fas-ligand is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence: ATGAAAAAGACAGCTATCGCGATTGCAGTGGCACTGGCTGGTTTCGCTACCq rTAGCGCAGGCClGGATCCGGTGGTGGTGGATCCGGCTCGAGTCAGCAGCCCATGAATTA
  • Self-coalescing human Fas-L construct A self-coalescing human Fas-ligand is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
  • nucleotides in bold type face are a translation initiation codon
  • italicised nucleotides encode the Strep tag to facilitate purification
  • the double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2
  • the nucleotides in normal type face encode human Fas-L
  • Self-coalescing murine Fas-ligand/IL-2 hetero-aggregates are produced by co-transfection of expression vectors, containing the nucleic acid constructs described in Examples 9 and 11, into cells (e.g., E. coli, CHO cells etc) and purification of the expressed polypeptide products over a Strepavidin-column and a Ni-chelate-column sequentially to ensure purification of hetero- aggregates only.
  • Both recombinant proteins will be produced in E. coli. After purification any already formed aggregates of N-SCE-murine Fas-L and murine IL-2-SCE-C will be broken up by Sonication/Tween 20 treatment and mixed together to allow co-aggregation.
  • a self-coalescing HEL is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence: ATGGACTACAAGGACGATGACGACAAGGGCTCGAGTAGGTC ⁇ TTGCTAATC TG
  • Self-coalescing murine MCP-1 construct A self-coalescing murine MCP-1 is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
  • nucleotides in normal type face encode murine MCP-1
  • double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2
  • italicised nucleotides encode the Strep tag to facilitate purification and the nucleotides in bold type face are tandem pair of translation termination codons.
  • a self-coalescing human MCP-1 is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
  • N-SCE2 is KKTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQA [SEQ ID NO:215]; SCE-C is as defined in Example 2;
  • Spacers 1 and 3 are as defined in Example 2; and the peptide of interest is selectable, for example, from metabolic peptides, cytokine peptides, peptides from cytokine receptors, effector peptides and antigenic peptides.
  • a self-coalescing human ACTH peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
  • a self-coalescing murine ACTH peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
  • a self-coalescing ⁇ -MSH peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
  • a self-coalescing ⁇ -MSH peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
  • a self-coalescing ⁇ -MSH peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence: AE- ⁇ )DGPYRVEHFRWSNPP-- ⁇ GSSGSGGGGS ⁇ "AIAIAVALAGFATVAQATK
  • a self-coalescing ⁇ -MSH peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
  • a self-coalescing angiotensin II peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
  • GHRH growth hormone releasing hormone
  • GHRH growth hormone releasing hormone
  • a self-coalescing murine growth hormone releasing hormone (GHRH) peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence: ⁇ T- ⁇ -A]AVALAGFATVAQA S ⁇ S ⁇ HVDA-ETTNY] ⁇ LLSQLY-AR VIQD--MNKQ
  • a self-coalescing human EL-l ⁇ peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
  • a self-coalescing human EL-2 peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
  • a self-coalescing human TNF- ⁇ peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
  • IKKTA-A-AVALAGFATVAQAQSG ⁇ D- ⁇ VAHVVANPQAEGQLQWLNRRANAL [SEQ ED NO:234] wherein the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n 0 and the residues in normal type face are a peptide from TNF- ⁇ (10-36).
  • Cys-BAFF receptor peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence: CLRGASSAEAPDGDKDAPEPLDKGSSGSGGGGS ⁇ AIAJAVALAGFATVAQATKKl
  • Cys-BAFF receptor peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence: tKKTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQAlGSGGGGSGSSCHSVPVPATELGSTELVTTKTAGPE
  • a self-coalescing human P55-TNF receptor peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
  • a self-coalescing human P75-TNF receptor peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
  • a self-coalescing human EL-6 receptor peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
  • a self-coalescing human MUC-1 (Mucin-1) peptide which is useful for the preparation of tumour antigen vaccines, is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence: [K-KTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQAIGSGGGGSGSSGVTSAPDTRPAPGSTAPPAH
  • OVA ovalbumin
  • OVA ovalbumin
  • a self-coalescing HIV gpl20 peptide which is useful for the preparation of immunopotentiating compositions, is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
  • a self-coalescing HIV gpl20 peptide which is useful for the preparation of immunopotentiating compositions, is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
  • a self-coalescing HIV gp41 peptide which is useful for the preparation of immunopotentiating compositions, is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:

Abstract

The present invention discloses a method for enhancing the activity of a molecule, or for combining individual activities of different molecules, by linking, fusing or otherwise associating the molecule(s) with a self-coalescing element, whereby the chimeric molecule so formed self-assembles into a higher molecular weight aggregate. The present invention also discloses such chimeric molecules per se and to their use in therapeutic, prophylactic and chemical process applications.

Description

SELF-COALESCING OR SELF-AGGREGATING CHIMERIC PROTEINS DRIVED FROM A MEMBRANE TRANSLOCATING SEQUENCE.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
THIS INVENTION relates generally to active molecules and more particularly to a method for enhancing the activity of a molecule, or for combining individual activities of different molecules, by linking, fusing or otherwise associating the molecule(s) with a self-coalescing element, whereby the chimeric molecule so formed self-assembles into a higher molecular weight aggregate. The present invention also relates to those chimeric molecules per se and to their use in therapeutic, prophylactic and chemical process applications.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION There is much interest in using biochemical or molecular biological techniques to produce proteins with novel or enhanced properties. One desirable property is enhancing the biological activity of a protein such as increasing its circulating half-life or immunogenicity.
Several methods have been employed to enhance the biological activity of proteins and these often focus on increasing the size of the molecules. One method of increasing a protein's size is through chemical cross-linking with another protein. For example, to increase the immunogenicity of a protein, chemical cross-linking agents are used to conjugate an antigen of interest to a carrier protein. The carrier serves to non-specifically stimulate T helper cell activity and to direct the antigen to an antigen-presenting cell (e.g., a professional antigen-presenting cell such as a dendritic cell), where the antigen is processed and presented at the cell surface in the context of the maj or histocompatibility complex (MHC) .
Several carrier systems have been developed for this purpose. For example, small peptide antigens are often coupled to protein carriers such as tetanus toxoid (Muller et al, 1982, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 19: 569-573), keyhole limpet haemocyanin (Bittle et al, 1982, Nature 298: 30- 33), ovalbumin, and sperm whale myoglobin, to raise an immune response. However, carriers may elicit strong immunity not relevant to the peptide antigen and this may inhibit the immune response to the peptide vaccine on secondary immunisation (Schutze et al, J. Immunol. 135: 2319-2322).
Antigen delivery systems have also been based on particulate carriers. For example, preformed particles have been used as platforms onto which antigens can be coupled and incorporated. Systems based on proteosomes (Lowell et al, 1988, Science 240: 800-802), immune stimulatory complexes (Morein 1984, Nature 308: 457-460), and viral particles such as HBsAg (Neurath et al, 1989, Mol. Immunol. 26: 53-62) and rotavirus inner capsid protein (Redmond et al, 1991, Mol. Immunol. 28: 269-278) have been developed.
Other carrier systems have been devised using recombinantly produced chimeric viral capsid proteins or viral core proteins that self assemble into virus-like particles (VLP) or viral core- like particles (CLP), respectively. Representative chimeric particles of this type include those based on yeast Ty protein (Kingsman and Kingsman 1988, Vacc. 6: 304-306), HBsAg, (Valenzuela, 1985, Bio/Technol. 3: 323-326; U.S. Pat. No. 4,722,840; Delpeyroux et al, 1986, Science 233: 472-475), Hepatitis B core antigen (Clarke et al, Vaccines 88 (Ed. H. Ginsberg, et al, 1988) pp. 127-131), the capsid protein from Poliovirus (Burke et al, 1988, Nature 332: 81-82) or Parvovirus (Brown et al, 1994, Virology 198: 477-488), and the LI and L2 capsid proteins of papillomavirus (U.S. Pat. No. 5,618,536). However, these carriers are restricted in their usefulness by virtue of the limited size of the antigen that may be inserted into the structural protein without interfering with particle assembly.
Alternatives, such as peptide linkers have been used to enhance the combined biological activities of two or more different proteins. For example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,073,627 describes the use of a peptide linker to join a Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor (GM-CSF) protein molecule to an Interleukin-3 (IL-3) protein molecule to form a fusion protein, which was more biologically active than GM-CSF or IL-3 alone or in combination. Conventional peptide linkers, however, can be rigid and inflexible. As a result, the linked protein often cannot "flex" into the desired biologically active conformation exhibited by the wild type protein, or the cross-linker or carrier protein sterically hinders biological activity.
Signal peptide sequences (also known as leader sequences) are membrane translocating sequences, which mediate secretion of proteins into various intracellular compartments or the extracellular environment. Typically, signal sequences comprise about 15 to 35 residues and are composed of a positively charged amino terminus, a central hydrophobic region and a short chain amino acid at the carboxyl terminus. Signal sequences used for targeting proteins to specific locations have been found in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. In bacteria, phage fd signal sequences for the major and minor coat proteins direct those proteins to the inner membrane. The β-lactamase protein of pBR322 is directed to the periplasmic space by a different signal sequence, while outer membrane proteins such as OmpA are directed to their assigned destination by other signal sequences. Eukaryotic signal sequences directing translocation of the protein into the endoplasmic reticulum include that of human preproinsulin, bovine growth hormone, and the Drosophila glue protein. Near the N-terminus of such sequences are 2-3 polar residues, and within the signal sequence is a hydrophobic core consisting of hydrophobic amino acids. No other conservation of sequence has been observed (Lewin, B.,1994, Genes V, Oxford University Press, p. 290; Watson, M., 1984, Nucl Acids. Res. 12:5145-5164).
Biological membrane transport has been exploited for protein expression and export from transfected or transformed cells. Secretion of proteins, such as a globin protein, which would normally remain in the cytosol, has been achieved by adding a signal sequence to the N-terminus of the protein (Lewin, B., 1994, supra). Foreign genes have been inserted into recombinant DNA constructs for expression and secretion from bacterial cells, as described for example in U.S. Pat. No. 5,156,959, which discloses a method to export gene products into the growth medium of gram negative bacteria. U.S. Pat. No. 5,380,653 describes expression vectors and methods for intracellular protein production in Bacillus species. U.S. Pat. No. 5,712,114 describes a recombinant DNA construct for secretion of expressed proteins, particularly from Hansenula polymorpha cells, which utilises the signal sequence of the human preprocollagen a-\ protein.
International publication WO97/35887 describes a B cell mitogen precursor and its use for the production of antigen-specific catalytic antibodies. The precursor comprises a T cell surface molecule binding portion (H) from hen egg lysozyme (HEL), flanked by a pair of immunoglobulin- binding domains (L) from protein L of Peptostreptococcus magnus as B cell surface molecule binding portions. The specificity of the LHL construct for catalytic B cells is provided by an antigen masking the immunoglobulin-binding domains. Catalytic cleavage of the antigen exposes the immunoglobulin-binding domains to ligate the immunoglobulin molecules on the B cell surface, to thereby permit catalytic antibody production by the B cell. For recombinant production of the mitogen precursor, the OmpA signal peptide was fused with the B cell mitogen precursor as a means for targeting expression of the precursor to the periplasmic space of a bacterium. The resultant fusion protein, however, was found unexpectedly to self assemble into a higher molecular weight aggregate. The multimerising capacity of the OmpA signal peptide was exploited to design a non-specific B cell mitogen that cross-links immunoglobulin molecules on the surface of any B cell. This B cell mitogen was constructed by fusing the OmpA signal peptide to the C-terminus of an immunoglobulin-binding domain from protein L.
Fundamentally, therefore, signal sequences have been used in the context of protein expression systems. They have also been used as a means to cross-link immunoglobulin molecules on the surface of B cells. However, the use of signal sequences, generally, to enhance the biological activity (e.g., longer circulating half-life, higher potency or enhanced immunogenicity) of a molecule or to combine the individual activities of different molecules, has not heretofore been described.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
One aspect of the present invention provides methods for enhancing the activity of a molecule of interest, or for combining distinct activities of different molecules of interest. These methods generally comprise linking, fusing or otherwise associating individual molecules of interest with a self-coalescing element (SCE) that is obtainable or derivable from a membrane translocating sequence (MTS) or variant thereof. The chimeric molecule formed by this process is caused by the SCE to coalesce with other such molecules into a higher molecular weight aggregate with enhanced or improved properties relative to the non-aggregated molecules.
The molecule of interest may be selected from any compound, organic or inorganic, but is usually a polymer and typically a polypeptide having a desired biological activity, including an enzymatic, antigenic or therapeutic activity. Thus, the present invention also contemplates a chimeric polypeptide comprising an SCE as broadly described above, which is fused, linked or otherwise associated with a polypeptide of interest, and which causes an individual chimeric molecule to coalesce with other chimeric molecules into higher order aggregates under conditions favourable to aggregation. In a related aspect, the present invention extends to isolated or purified higher order aggregates comprising a plurality of such chimeric molecules.
The present invention also extends to processes for producing the chimeric molecules of the invention. In certain embodiments, the chimeric molecules are produced by chemical synthesis. In other embodiments, the chimeric molecules are produced by chemically fusing SCEs with individual molecules of interest. In still other embodiments, the chimeric molecules are produced by recombinant means and, in this regard, expression vectors and host cells, as well as methods of producing chimeric polypeptides in host cells, or in genetically modified animals, are also encompassed by the present invention.
The present invention also extends to methods of using the higher order aggregates described herein in a range of applications, including chemical, therapeutic and prophylactic applications. In one embodiment, a higher order aggregate comprises only identical, or substantially similar, molecules of interest, whereby such "homo-aggregates" are useable in the same manner as the non-aggregated parent molecules of interest, especially where an increased biological activity is desirable. For example, higher order aggregates comprising GM-CSF-SCE chimeric polypeptides, which have a higher GM-CSF potency compared to non aggregated GM- CSF, can be used to treat various haemopoetic conditions, as described infra. In another embodiment, higher order aggregates comprising two or more distinct biological activities can be used to produce a desired biological outcome resulting from the product of those activities. For example, a pair of chimeric polypeptides can be constructed, wherein a first chimeric polypeptide comprises interleukin-2 (IL-2) and wherein a second chimeric polypeptide comprises Fas ligand. Higher order aggregates comprising these chimeric polypeptides are useful in targeting certain leukemia or lymphoma cells, or recently activated T cells which bear both high affinity IL-2R and Fas. Aggregates comprising a plurality of distinct chimeric polypeptides whose collective activities are required to achieve a biological effect will generally increase the speed and/or efficiency of the process resulting in the biological effect due to the close proximity of the distinct polypeptides of interest. Thus, "hetero-aggregates", containing two or more different polypeptides, can exhibit synergistic characteristics, and thus exhibit an activity greater than the activity that would be exhibited by a similar quantity of each polypeptide found in the hetero-aggregate if each polypeptide component were to be used alone.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 is a diagrammatic representation showing an alignment of membrane translocating amino acid sequences from a diverse selection of species.
Figure 2 is a diagrammatic representation showing an alignment of bacterial outer membrane proteins.
BRIEF DESCRD?TION OF THE SEQUENCES
TABLEA
Figure imgf000007_0001
SEQUENCE ID SEQUENCE LENGTH NUMBER
SEQ ID NO: 19 Signal peptide relating to 15kd peptidoglycan-associated outer 24 residues membrane lipoprotein precursor - Haemophilus influenzae - GenBank Accession No. AAA24938
SEQ ID O:20 Signal peptide relating to PC protein precursor - Haemophilus 23 residues influenzae - GenBank Accession No. AAA24940 SEQ ID NO:21 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein pi precursor - 21 residues Haemophilus influenzae - GenBank Accession No. AAA24990 SEQ ID NO:22 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein precursor - 20 residues Haemophilus influenzae - GenBank Accession No. AAA24993 SEQ - NO.-23 Signal peptide relating to major outer membrane protein precursor 22 residues - Neisseria gonorrhoeae - GenBank Accession No. AAA25458 SEQ - NO.-24 Signal peptide relating to lipoprotein I precursor - Pseudomonas 24 residues aeruginosa — GenBank Accession No. AAA25880 SEQ ID NO:25 Signal peptide relating to porin protein F precursor - 24 residues Pseudomonas aeruginosa - GenBank Accession No. AAA25973 SEQ ID NO:26 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein - Serratia 25 residues marcescens - GenBank Accession No. AAA26566 SEQ ID NO:27 Signal peptide relating to serine protease precursor - Serratia 27 residues marcescens - GenBank Accession No. AAA26572 SEQ ID NO:28 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein precursor II - 21 residues Salmonella typhimurium - GenBank Accession No. AAA27169 SEQ ID NO:29 Signal peptide relating to cationic outer membrane protein 20 residues precursor (gtg start codon) - Salmonella typhimurium - Ger-Bank Accession No. AAA27170
SEQ ID O:30 Signal peptide relating to ferrienterochelin receptor protein - 22 residues Escherichia coli - GenBank Accession No. AAA65994 SEQ ID NO:31 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein A - Cloning 21 residues vector pINIIIompA3 - GenBank Accession No. AAA82946 SEQ ID NO:32 Signal peptide relating to lambda receptor protein - Escherichia 25 residues coli - GenBank Accession No. AAB59058 SEQ ID NO:33 Signal peptide relating to periplasmic maltose-binding protein - 26 residues Escherichia coli - GenBank Accession No. AAB59056 SEQ - NO.-34 Signal peptide relating to Opal 1 - Neisseria meningitidis - 32 residues GenBank Accession No. AAC44565 SEQ ID NO:35 Signal peptide relating to Opal 2 - Neisseria meningitidis - 26 residues GenBank Accession No. AAC44566 SEQ ID NO:36 Signal peptide relating to H.8 outer membrane protein precursor - 21 residues Neisseria gonorrhoeae - GenBank Accession No. P07211 SEQUENCE ID SEQUENCE LENGTH NUMBER
SEQ ID NO:37 Signal peptide relating to Immunoglobulin Al protease precursor 25 residues (IgAl protease). - Haemophilus influenzae - GenBank Accession No. P42782
SEQ ID NO:38 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane porin OmpC precursor 21 residues - Escherichia coli - GenBank Accession No. MMECPC SEQ ID NO:39 Signal peptide relating to HrpA - Ralstonia solanacearum — 16 residues GenBank Accession No. CAB58261 SEQ ID NO:40 Signal peptide relating to putative secreted protein - Streptomyces 23 residues coelicolor A3 (2) - GenBank Accession No. CAB92608 SEQ - NO.-41 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane porin OmpF precursor - 22 residues Escherichia coli - GenBank Accession No. MMECF SEQ ID O:42 Signal peptide relating to ORF2a precursor - Brucella melitensis 22 residues biovar Abortus - GenBank Accession No. AAA83993 SEQ ID NO:43 Signal peptide relating to IgA-specific serine endopeptidase 27 residues precursor - Neisseria gonorrhoeae - GenBank Accession No. AZNHG
SEQ ID NO:44 Signal peptide relating to Maltoporin precursor (Maltose-inducible 25 residues porin) - Escherichia coli - GenBank Accession No. P02943 SEQ ID NO:45 Signal peptide relating to adhesion and penetration protein 25 residues precursor - Haemophilus influenzae - GenBank Accession No. P45387
SEQ ID NO:46 Signal peptide relating to adhesion and penetration protein 25 residues precursor 2 - Haemophilus influenzae — GenBank Accession No. P44596
SEQ ID NO:47 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein F precursor 22 residues (Porin OmpF) - Escherichia coli — GenBank Accession No. P02931
SEQ ID NO:48 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein C precursor 21 residues (Porin OmpC) - Escherichia coli - GenBank Accession No. P06996
SEQ ID NO:49 Signal peptide relating to Porin-like protein BU359 precursor - 26 residues Buchnera aphidicola (Acyrthosiphon pisum) — GenBank Accession No. P57440
SEQ ID NO:50 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein C precursor 21 residues (Porin OmpC) - Salmonella typhimurium - GenBank Accession No. O52503
SEQ ID NO:51 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane pore protein E 23 residues
L precursor - Escherichia coli - GenBank Accession No. P02932 SEQUENCE ID SEQUENCE LENGTH NUMBER
SEQ ID NO:52 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane porin protein LC 23 residues precursor - Bacteriophage PA-2 - GenBank Accession No. P07238
SEQ ID NO:53 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane porin protein OmpD 21 residues precursor - Salmonella typhimurium - GenBank Accession No. P37592
SEQ ID NO:54 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein 2 - Salmonella 22 residues enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhi - GenBank Accession No. NP_456059
SEQ ID NO:55 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein SI - Salmonella 22 residues enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhi - GenBank Accession No. NP_456554
SEQ ID NO:56 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein C - Salmonella 22 residues enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhi - GenBank Accession No. NP_456812
SEQ ID NO:57 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein F precursor - 22 residues Salmonella typhi - GenBank Accession No. Q56113 SEQ ID NO:58 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane pore protein E 23 residues precursor 2 - Salmonella typhi - GenBank Accession No. Q56119 SEQ ID NO:59 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein lb (Ib;c) - 22 residues Escherichia coli O157:H7 EDL933 - GenBank Accession No. NP_288795
SEQ ID NO:60 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein C2 - Yersinia 22 residues pestis - GenBank Accession No. NP_404809 SEQ ID O:61 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein C, poπn 25 residues Yersinia pestis - GenBank Accession No. NP_404824 SEQ ID NO:62 Signal peptide relating to putative outer membrane porin C protein 23 residues - Yersinia pestis - GenBank Accession No. NP_405004 SEQ ID NO:63 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein F precursor - 23 residues Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhi - GenBank Accession No. NP_455485
SEQ ID NO:64 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein S2 precursor - 21 residues Salmonella typhi - GenBank Accession No. Q56111 SEQ ID NO:65 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein SI precursor - 21 residues Salmonella typhi - GenBank Accession No. Q56110 SEQ ID NO:66 Signal peptide relating to Outer membrane protein C precursor - 23 residues Salmonella typhi - GenBank Accession No. P09878 SEQ ID NO:67 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein A precursor - 22 residues Klebsiella pneumoniae — GenBank Accession No. JC6558 SEQUENCE ID SEQUENCE LENGTH NUMBER
SEQ ID NO:68 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein (ompA) - 22 residues Salmonella typhimurium — GenBank Accession No. CAA26037 SEQ ID NO:69 Signal peptide relating to OmpA protein - Enterobacter 22 residues aerogenes - GenBank Accession No. CAA25062 SEQ ID NO:70 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein 3a (ll*;G;d) - 22 residues Escherichia coli - GenBank Accession No. NP_286832 SEQ ID NO:71 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein A precursor 2 - 22 residues Shigella dysenteriae - GenBank Accession No. MMEBAD SEQ ID NO: 72 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein ompA precursor 22 residues - Serratia marcescens — GenBank Accession No. S07298 SEQ ID NO:73 Signal peptide relating to putative outer-membrane protein A - 22 residues Erwinia carotovora - GenBank Accession No. CAB57308 SEQ ID NO:74 Signal peptide relating to putative outer membrane porin A 22 residues protein - Yersinia pestis - GenBank Accession No. NP_405026 SEQ ID NO:75 Signal peptide relating to OmpA Pasteurella multocida — 22 residues GenBank Accession No. AAK61593 SEQ ID NO:76 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein A precursor 3 - 22 residues Buchnera sp. APS — GenBank Accession No. - GenBank Accession No. NP_240151
SEQ ID NO: 77 Signal peptide relating to OmpA2 - Haemophilus ducreyi - 25 residues GenBank Accession No. AAB4927 SEQ ID NO:78 Signal peptide relating to Outer membrane protein - Haemophilus 22 residues sp. - GenBank Accession No. CAA07454 SEQ ID NO:79 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein A 2 Bacillus 27 residues subtilis - GenBank Accession No. 139969 SEQ ID NO:80 Signal peptide relating to major outer membrane protein - 25 residues Haemophilus ducreyi — GenBank Accession No. AAB49273 SEQ ID NO:81 Signal peptide relating to hypothetical protein - Vibrio sp. - 22 residues GenBank Accession No. CAC40971 SEQ ID NO: 82 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein P5 (ompA) - 22 residues Haemophilus influenzae Rd - GenBank Accession No. NP_439322
SEQ ID NO:83 Signal peptide relating to fimbrial protein - Haemophilus 22 residues influenzae - GenBank Accession No. AAA24959 SEQ ID NO:84 Signal peptide relating to signal peptide sequence - Pasteurella 22 residues multocida - GenBank Accession No. NP_245723 SEQ E) NO:85 Signal peptide relating to outer membrane protein PomA - 25 residues Mannheimia haemolytica - GenBank Accession No. AAD53408
Figure imgf000012_0001
SEQUENCE ID SEQUENCE LENGTH NUMBER
SEQ ID NO: 105 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 75 bases forth in SEQ ID NO: 17 SEQ ID NO: 106 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 81 bases forth in SEQ ID NO: 18 SEQ ID NO: 107 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 63 bases forth in SEQ ID NO: 19 SEQ ID NO: 108 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 60 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:20 SEQ ID NO: 109 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forthinSEQIDNO:21 SEQIDNO:110 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 63 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:22 SEQIDNO:lll Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 75 bases forth in SEQ ED NO:23 SEQ ID NO: 112 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 78 bases forthinSEQIDNO:24 SEQ ID NO: 113 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 98 bases forthinSEQIDNO:25 SEQ ID NO: 114 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 78 bases forthinSEQIDNO:26 SEQ ID NO: 115 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 48 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:30 SEQ ID NO: 116 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 69 bases forthinSEQIDNO:31 SEQ ID NO: 117 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forthinSEQIDNO:33 SEQIDNO:118 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forthinSEQIDNO:45 SEQIDNO:119 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forthinSEQIDNO:46 SEQ ID NO: 120 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forthinSEQIDNO:47 SEQ ID NO: 121 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forthinSEQIDNO:50 SEQ ID NO: 122 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forthinSEQIDNO:59 SEQ ID NO: 123 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forthinSEQIDNO:60 SEQUENCE ID SEQUENCE LENGTH NUMBER
SEQ ID NO: 124 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:64
SEQ ID NO: 125 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:66
SEQ ID NO: 126 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 75 bases forth in SEQ ID NO: 68
SEQ ID NO: 127 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:69
SEQ ID NO: 128 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 75 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:71
SEQ ID NO: 129 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 84 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:72
SEQ ID NO: 130 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:74
SEQ ID NO: 131 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 75 bases forth in SEQ ID NO: 76
SEQ ID NO: 132 Nucleotide sequence encoding the signal peptide sequence set 66 bases forth in SEQ ID NO:78
SEQ ID NO: 133 Portable N-terminal SCE 36 residues SEQ ID NO: 134 Portable C-terminal SCE 36 residues SEQ ID NO: 135 Nucleic acid sequence encoding N-SCE 63 bases SEQ ID NO: 136 N-SCE 21 residues SEQ ID NO: 137 Nucleic acid sequence encoding SCE-C 63 bases SEQ ID NO: 138 SCE-C 21 residues SEQ ID NO: 139 Nucleic acid sequence encoding murine GM-SCF 420 bases SEQ ID NO: 140 Amino acid sequence for murine GM-SCF 140 residues SEQ ID NO: 141 Nucleic acid sequence encodmg human GM-CSF 429 bases SEQ ID NO: 142 Amino acid sequence for human GM-CSF 143 residues SEQ ID NO: 143 Nucleic acid sequence encoding murine IFN-β 543 bases SEQ ID NO: 144 Amino acid sequence for murine IFN-β 181 residues SEQ ID NO: 145 Nucleic acid sequence encoding human IFN-β 558 bases SEQ ID NO: 146 Amino acid sequence for human IFN-β 186 residues SEQ ID NO: 147 Nucleic acid sequence encoding murine IL-lRa 531 bases
Figure imgf000015_0001
SEQUENCEID SEQUENCE LENGTH NUMBER
SEQ ID NO: 177 Nucleic acid sequence encoding Spacer 2 9 bases SEQ ID NO: 178 Nucleic acid sequence encoding Spacer 3, n = 0 15 bases SEQ ID NO: 179 Amino acid sequence for Spacer 3, n = 0 5 residues SEQ ID NO: 180 Nucleic acid sequence encoding Spacer 3, n = 1 30 bases SEQ ID NO: 181 Amino acid sequence for Spacer 3, n = 1 10 residues SEQ ID NO: 182 Nucleic acid sequence encoding Spacer 3, n = 2 45 bases SEQ ID NO: 183 Amino acid sequence for Spacer 3, n = 2 15 residues SEQ ID NO: 184 Nucleic acid sequence encoding Spacer 3, n >3 60+ bases SEQ ID NO: 185 Nucleic acid sequence encoding self-coalescing murine GM-CSF 552 bases chimeric construct
SEQ ID NO: 186 Amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 185 182 residues SEQ ID NO: 187 Nucleic acid sequence encoding self-coalescing human GM-CSF 579 bases chimeric construct
SEQ ID NO:188 Amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 187 191 residues SEQ ID NO: 189 Nucleic acid sequence encoding self-coalescing murine IFN-beta 732 bases chimeric construct
SEQ JD NO: 190 Amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 190 242 residues SEQ ID NO: 191 Nucleic acid sequence encodmg self-coalescing human IFN-beta 708 bases chimeric construct
SEQ ID NO: 192 Amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 191 234 residues SEQ ID NO: 193 Nucleic acid sequence encoding self-coalescing murine EL-lRa 723 bases chimeric construct
SEQ ID NO: 194 Amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 193 239 residues SEQ ID NO: 195 Nucleic acid sequence encoding self-coalescing human IL-lRa 642 bases chimeric construct
SEQ ID NO: 196 Amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 195 212 residues SEQ ID NO: 197 Nucleic acid sequence encoding self-coalescing murine IL-2 642 bases chimeric construct
SEQ ID NO: 198 Amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 197 212 residues SEQ ID NO: 199 Nucleic acid sequence encoding self-coalescing human IL-2 513 bases chimeric construct
SEQ ID NO:200 Amino acid sequence encoded by SEQ ID NO: 199 169 residues SEQ ID NO:201 Nucleic acid sequence encoding self-coalescing murine Fas-L 960 bases chimeric construct
Figure imgf000017_0001
SEQUENCE ID SEQUENCE LENGTH NUMBER
SEQ ED NO.-229 Amino acid sequence of a human EL-1 beta chimeric peptide II 60 residues SEQ ID NO:230 Amino acid sequence of a human IL-2 chimeric peptide I 38 residues SEQ ED NO:231 Amino acid sequence of a human IL-2 chimeric peptide II 44 residues SEQ ED NO:232 Amino acid sequence of a human IL-2 chimeric peptide HI 41 residues SEQ ID NO:233 Amino acid sequence of a human TNF-alpha chimeric peptide I 43 residues SEQ ID NO:234 Amino acid sequence of a human TNF-alpha chimeric peptide II 52 residues SEQ ID NO:235 Amino acid sequence of a human TNF-alpha chimeric peptide III 46 residues SEQ ID NO.-236 Amino acid sequence of a human Cys-BAFF-R chimeric peptide I 54 residues SEQ ID NO:237 Amino acid sequence of a human Cys-BAFF-R chimeric peptide 56 residues π
SEQ ED NO:238 Amino acid sequence of a human P55-TNF-R chimeric peptide 42 residues SEQ D NO:239 Amino acid sequence of a human P75-TNF-R chimeric peptide 51 residues SEQ ID NO:240 Amino acid sequence of a human EL-6-R chimeric peptide 43 residues SEQ ID NO:241 Amino acid sequence of a L-selectin chimeric peptide 47 residues SEQ ID NO:242 Amino acid sequence of a MUC-1 chimeric peptide 50 residues SEQ ID NO:243 Amino acid sequence of a ovalbumin chimeric peptide I 48 residues SEQ ID NO:244 Amino acid sequence of a ovalbumin chimeric peptide II 38 residues SEQ ID NO:245 Amino acid sequence of a HIV gpl20 chimeric peptide I 51 residues SEQ ID NO:246 Amino acid sequence of a HIV gpl20 chimeric peptide II 49 residues SEQ ID NO:247 Amino acid sequence of a HIV gpl20 chimeric peptide III 54 residues SEQ ID NO:248 Amino acid sequence of a HIV gp41 chimeric peptide 66 residues
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
1. Definitions
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by those of ordinary skill in the art to which the invention belongs. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, preferred methods and materials are described. For the purposes of the present invention, the following terms are defined below.
The articles "a" and "an" are used herein to refer to one or to more than one (i.e. to at least one) of the grammatical object of the article. By way of example, "an element" means one element or more than one element.
As used herein, the term "about" refers to a quantity, level, value, dimension, size, or amount that varies by as much as 30%, preferably by as much as 20%, and more preferably by as much as 10% to a reference quantity, level, value, dimension, size, or amount.
The term "activity" as used herein describes the activity of a non-aggregated molecule of interest. Thus, for example, a higher order aggregate of a molecule of interest has activity if the aggregate exhibits the activity of the non aggregated molecule.
"Bifunctional crosslinking reagent" means a reagent containing two reactive groups, the reagent thereby having the ability to covalently link two target groups. The reactive groups in a crosslinking reagent typically belong to the classes of functional groups including succinimidyl esters, maleimides and haloacetamides such as iodoacetamides.
By "biologically active fragment" is meant a fragment of a full-length parent polypeptide which fragment retains an activity of that polypeptide. For example, a biologically active fragment of a self-coalescing element will coalesce with compatible self-coalescing elements that are either identical or sufficiently similar to permit co-aggregation with each other into higher order aggregates. As used herein, the term "biologically active fragment" includes deletion mutants and small peptides, for example of at least 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 contiguous amino acids, which comprise an activity of a parent polypeptide. Fragments of this type may be obtained through the application of standard recombinant nucleic acid techniques or synthesised using conventional liquid or solid phase synthesis techniques. For example, reference may be made to solution synthesis or solid phase synthesis as described, for example, in Chapter 9 entitled "Peptide Synthesis" by Atherton and Shephard which is included in a publication entitled "Synthetic Vaccines" edited by Nicholson and published by Blackwell Scientific Publications. Alternatively, peptides can be produced by digestion of a polypeptide of the invention with proteinases such as endoLys-C, endoArg-C, endoGlu-C and staphylococcus V8-protease. The digested fragments can be purified by, for example, high performance liquid chromatographic (HPLC) techniques. Throughout this specification, unless the context requires otherwise, the words "comprise", "comprises" and "comprising" will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated step or element or group of steps or elements but not the exclusion of any other step or element or group of steps or elements. By "expression vector" is meant any autonomous genetic element capable of directing the synthesis of a protein encoded by the vector. Such expression vectors are known to practitioners in the art.
By "corresponds to" or "corresponding to" is meant a polynucleotide (a) having a nucleotide sequence that is substantially identical or complementary to all or a portion of a reference polynucleotide sequence or (b) encoding an amino acid sequence identical to an amino acid sequence in a peptide or protein. This phrase also includes within its scope a peptide or polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is substantially identical to a sequence of amino acids in a reference peptide or protein.
By "derivative" is meant a polypeptide that has been derived from the basic sequence by modification, for example by conjugation or complexing with other chemical moieties or by post- translational modification techniques as would be understood in the art. The term "derivative!' also includes within its scope alterations that have been made to a parent sequence including additions, or deletions that provide for functionally equivalent molecules.
By "effective amount", in the context of modulating an activity or of treating or preventing a condition is meant the administration of that amount of active to an individual in need of such modulation, treatment or prophylaxis, either in a single dose or as part of a series, that is effective for modulation of that effect or for treatment or prophylaxis of that condition. The effective amount will vary depending upon the health and physical condition of the individual to be treated, the taxonomic group of individual to be treated, the formulation of the composition, the assessment of the medical situation, and other relevant factors. It is expected that the amount will fall in a relatively broad range that can be determined through routine trials.
"Homobifunctional crosslinking reagent" means a reagent containing identical reactive groups, which is predominantly used to link like target groups such as two thiols or two amines.
"Heterobifunctional crosslinking reagent" means a reagent containing reactive groups having dissimilar chemistry, thereby allowing the formation of crosslinks between unlike functional groups.
By "higher order" is meant an aggregate of at least 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 molecules.
"Hybridisation" is used herein to denote the pairing of complementary nucleotide sequences to produce a DNA-DNA hybrid or a DNA-RNA hybrid. Complementary base sequences are those sequences that are related by the base-pairing rules. In DNA, A pairs with T and C pairs with G. In RNA U pairs with A and C pairs with G. In this regard, the terms "match" and "mismatch" as used herein refer to the hybridisation potential of paired nucleotides in complementary nucleic acid strands. Matched nucleotides hybridise efficiently, such as the classical A-T and G-C base pair mentioned above. Mismatches are other combinations of nucleotides that do not hybridise efficiently. By "isolated" is meant material that is substantially or essentially free from components that normally accompany it in its native state. For example, an "isolated polynucleotide", as used herein, refers to a polynucleotide, which has been purified from the sequences which flank it in a naturally-occurring state, e.g., a DNA fragment which has been removed from the sequences that are normally adjacent to the fragment. Alternatively, an "isolated peptide" or an "isolated polypeptide" and the like, as used herein, refer to in vitro isolation and/or purification of a peptide or polypeptide molecule from its natural cellular environment, and especially from association with other components of the cell, i.e., it is not associated with in vivo substances.
By "marker gene" is meant a gene that imparts a distinct phenotype to cells expressing the marker gene and thus allows such transformed cells to be distinguished from cells that do not have the marker. A selectable marker gene confers a trait for which one can 'select' based on resistance to a selective agent (e.g., a herbicide, antibiotic, radiation, heat, or other treatment damaging to untransformed cells). A screenable marker gene (or reporter gene) confers a trait that one can identify through observation or testing, i.e., by 'screening' (e.g., β-glucuronidase, lucif erase, or other enzyme activity not present in untransformed cells). As used herein, a "membrane-translocating sequence" is an amino acid sequence capable of mediating the transport of a polypeptide to an intracellular compartment or location or to the extracellular environment.
By "obtained from" is meant that a sample such as, for example, a nucleic acid extract or polypeptide extract is isolated from, or derived from, a particular source. For example, the extract may be isolated directly from any membrane-translocating sequence-containing organism, such as but not limited to bacteria, yeast and plants as well as animals including mammals, birds, reptiles, fish and insects.
The term "oligonucleotide" as used herein refers to a polymer composed of a multiplicity of nucleotide units (deoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides, or related structural variants or synthetic analogues thereof) linked via phosphodiester bonds (or related structural variants or synthetic analogues thereof). Thus, while the term "oligonucleotide" typically refers to a nucleotide polymer in which the nucleotides and linkages between them are naturally occurring, it will be understood that the term also includes within its scope various analogues including, but not restricted to, peptide nucleic acids (PNAs), phosphoramidates, phosphorothioates, methyl phosphonates, 2-O-methyl ribonucleic acids, and the like. The exact size of the molecule may vary depending on the particular application. An oligonucleotide is typically rather short in length, generally from about 10 to 30 nucleotides, but the term can refer to molecules of any length, although the term "polynucleotide" or "nucleic acid" is typically used for large oligonucleotides.
By "operably linked!' is meant that transcriptional and translational regulatory nucleic acids are positioned relative to a polypeptide-encoding polynucleotide in such a manner that the polynucleotide is transcribed and the polypeptide is translated.
The terms "subject" or "individual" or "patient", used interchangeably herein, refer to any subject, particularly a vertebrate subject, and even more particularly a mammalian subject, for whom therapy or prophylaxis is desired. Suitable vertebrate animals that fall within the scope of the invention include, but are not restricted to, primates, avians, fish, reptiles, livestock animals (e.g., sheep, cows, horses, donkeys, pigs), laboratory test animals (e.g., rabbits, mice, rats, guinea pigs, hamsters), companion animals (e.g., cats, dogs) and captive wild animals (e.g., foxes, deer, dingoes). However, it will be understood that the aforementioned terms do not imply that symptoms are present.
By "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" is meant a solid or liquid filler, diluent or encapsulating substance that can be safely used in topical or systemic administration to a patient.
The term "polynucleotide" or "nucleic acid" as used herein designates mRNA, RNA, cRNA, cDNA or DNA. The term typically refers to oligonucleotides greater than 30 nucleotides in length.
The terms "polynucleotide variant" and "variant" refer to polynucleotides displaying substantial sequence identity with a reference polynucleotide sequence or polynucleotides that hybridise with a reference sequence under stringent conditions that are defined hereinafter. These terms also encompass polynucleotides in which one or more nucleotides have been added or deleted, or replaced with different nucleotides. In this regard, it is well understood in the art that certain alterations inclusive of mutations, additions, deletions and substitutions can be made to a reference polynucleotide whereby the altered polynucleotide retains a biological function or activity of the reference polynucleotide. The terms "polynucleotide variant" and "variant" also include naturally occurring allelic variants.
"Polypeptide" , "peptide" and "protein" are used interchangeably herein to refer to a polymer of amino acid residues and to variants and synthetic analogues of the same. Thus, these terms apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residues is a synthetic non- naturally occurring amino acid, such as a chemical analogue of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid, as well as to naturally-occurring amino acid polymers.
The term "polypeptide variant" refers to polypeptides that are distinguished from a reference polypeptide by the addition, deletion or substitution of at least one amino acid. In certain embodiments, a polypeptide variant is distinguished from a reference polypeptide by one or more substitutions, which may be conservative or non-conservative. In certain embodiments, the polypeptide variant comprises conservative substitutions and, in this regard, it is well understood in the art that some amino acids may be changed to others with broadly similar properties without changing the nature of the activity of the polypeptide. Polypeptide variants also encompass polypeptides in which one or more amino acids have been added or deleted, or replaced with different amino acid residues. By "primer" is meant an oligonucleotide which, when paired with a strand of DNA, is capable of initiating the synthesis of a primer extension product in the presence of a suitable polymerising agent. The primer is preferably single-stranded for maximum efficiency in amplification but can alternatively be double-stranded. A primer must be sufficiently long to prime the synthesis of extension products in the presence of the polymerisation agent. The length of the primer depends on many factors, including application, temperature to be employed, template reaction conditions, other reagents, and source of primers. For example, depending on the complexity of the target sequence, the oligonucleotide primer typically contains 15 to 35 or more nucleotide residues, although it can contain fewer nucleotide residues. Primers can be large polynucleotides, such as from about 35 nucleotides to several kilobases or more. Primers can be selected to be "substantially complementary" to the sequence on the template to which it is designed to hybridise and serve as a site for the initiation of synthesis. By "substantially complementary", it is meant that the primer is sufficiently complementary to hybridise with a target polynucleotide. Preferably, the primer contains no mismatches with the template to which it is designed to hybridise but this is not essential. For example, non-complementary nucleotide residues can be attached to the 5' end of the primer, with the remainder of the primer sequence being complementary to the template. Alternatively, non-complementary nucleotide residues or a stretch of non-complementary nucleotide residues can be interspersed into a primer, provided that the primer sequence has sufficient complementarity with the sequence of the template to hybridise therewith and thereby form a template for synthesis of the extension product of the primer. "Probe" refers to a molecule that binds to a specific sequence or sub-sequence or other moiety of another molecule. Unless otherwise indicated, the term "probe" typically refers to a polynucleotide probe that binds to another polynucleotide, often called the "target polynucleotide", through complementary base pairing. Probes can bind target polynucleotides lacking complete sequence complementarity with the probe, depending on the stringency of the hybridisation conditions. Probes can be labelled directly or indirectly.
The terms "purified polypeptide" or "purified protein" and the like means that the polypeptide or protein are substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesised. "Substantially free" means that a preparation of a chimeric polypeptide of the invention is at least 10% pure. In certain embodiments, the preparation of chimeric polypeptide has less than about 30%, 20%, 10% and more preferably 5% (by dry weight), of non-chimeric polypeptide protein (also referred to herein as a "contaminating protein"), or of chemical precursors or non-chimeric polypeptide chemicals. The invention includes isolated or purified preparations of at least 0.01, 0.1, 1.0, and 10 milligrams in dry weight.
The term "recombinant polynucleotide" as used herein refers to a polynucleotide formed in vitro by the manipulation of nucleic acid into a form not normally found in nature. For example, the recombinant polynucleotide may be in the form of an expression vector. Generally, such expression vectors include transcriptional and translational regulatory nucleic acid operably linked to the nucleotide sequence.
By "recombinant polypeptide" is meant a polypeptide made using recombinant techniques, i.e., through the expression of a recombinant or synthetic polynucleotide. When the chimeric polypeptide or biologically active portion thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the protein preparation.
Terms used to describe sequence relationships between two or more polynucleotides or polypeptides include "reference sequence", "comparison window", "sequence identity", "percentage of sequence identity" and "substantial identity". A "reference sequence" is at least 12 but frequently 15 to 18 and often at least 25 monomer units, inclusive of nucleotides and amino acid residues, in length. Because two polynucleotides may each comprise (1) a sequence (i.e., only a portion of the complete polynucleotide sequence) that is similar between the two polynucleotides, and (2) a sequence that is divergent between the two polynucleotides, sequence comparisons between two (or more) polynucleotides are typically performed by comparing sequences of the two polynucleotides over a "comparison window" to identify and compare local regions of sequence similarity. A "comparison window" refers to a conceptual segment of at least 50 contiguous positions, usually about 50 to about 100, more usually about 100 to about 150 in which a sequence is compared to a reference sequence of the same number of contiguous positions after the two sequences are optimally aligned. The comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) of about 20% or less as compared to the reference sequence (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences. Optimal alignment of sequences for aligning a comparison window may be conducted by computerised implementations of algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package Release 7.0, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Drive Madison, WI, USA) or by inspection and the best alignment (i.e., resulting in the highest percentage homology over the comparison window) generated by any of the various methods selected. Reference also may be made to the BLAST family of programs as for example disclosed by Altschul et al, 1997, Nucl. Acids Res. 25:3389. A detailed discussion of sequence analysis can be found in Unit 19.3 of Ausubel et al, "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", John Wiley & Sons fric, 1994-1998, Chapter 15. The term "self-coalesces" is used herein to refer to a self-coalescing element that may be expected to coalesce with identical polypeptides and also with polypeptides having high similarity (e.g., less than 20% and more preferably less than 10% sequence divergence) but less than complete identity in the amino acid sequence of the self-coalescing element. By "self-coalescing element", "SCE" and the like is meant any amino acid sequence which, when conjugated to a molecule of interest, can cause the molecule to coalesce with like molecules into higher order aggregates.
The term "sequence identity" as used herein refers to the extent that sequences are identical on a nucleotide-by-nucleotide basis or an amino acid-by-amino acid basis over a window of comparison. Thus, a "percentage of sequence identity" is calculated by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over the window of comparison, determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid base (e.g., A, T, C, G, T) or the identical amino acid residue (e.g., Ala, Pro, Ser, Thr, Gly, Val, Leu, He, Phe, Tyr, Trp, Lys, Arg, His, Asp, Glu, Asn, Gin, Cys and Met) occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the window of comparison (i.e., the window size), and multiplying the result by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity. For the purposes of the present invention, "sequence identity" will be understood to mean the "match percentage" calculated by the DNASIS computer program (Version 2.5 for windows; available from Hitachi Software engineering Co., Ltd., South San Francisco, California, USA) using standard defaults as used in the reference manual accompanying the software.
"Similarity" refers to the percentage number of amino acids that are identical or constitute conservative substitutions as defined in Table B infra. Similarity may be determined using sequence comparison programs such as GAP (Deveraux et al. 1984, Nucleic Acids Research 12, 387-395). In this way, sequences of a similar or substantially different length to those cited herein might be compared by insertion of gaps into the alignment, such gaps being determined, for example, by the comparison algorithm used by GAP.
"Stringency" as used herein, refers to the temperature and ionic strength conditions, and presence or absence of certain organic solvents, during hybridisation and washing procedures. The higher the stringency, the higher will be the degree of complementarity between immobilised target nucleotide sequences and the labelled probe polynucleotide sequences that remain hybridised to the target after washing.
"Stringent conditions" refers to temperature and ionic conditions under which only nucleotide sequences having a high frequency of complementary bases will hybridise. The stringency required is nucleotide sequence dependent and depends upon the various components present during hybridisation and subsequent washes, and the time allowed for these processes. Generally, in order to maximise the hybridisation rate, non-stringent hybridisation conditions are selected; about 20 to 25° C lower than the thermal melting point (Tm). The Tm is the temperature at which 50%o of specific target sequence hybridises to a perfectly complementary probe in solution at a defined ionic strength and pH. Generally, in order to require at least about 85% nucleotide complementarity of hybridised sequences, highly stringent washing conditions are selected to be about 5 to 15° C lower than the Tm. In order to require at least about 70% nucleotide complementarity of hybridised sequences, moderately stringent washing conditions are selected to be about 15 to 30° C lower than the Tm. Highly permissive (low stringency) washing conditions may be as low as 50° C below the Tm, allowing a high level of mis-matching between hybridised sequences. Those skilled in the art will recognise that other physical and chemical parameters in the hybridisation and wash stages can also be altered to affect the outcome of a detectable hybridisation signal from a specific level of homology between target and probe sequences. Other examples of stringency conditions are described in section 3.3.
The term "transformation" means alteration of the genotype of an organism, for example a bacterium, yeast or plant, by the introduction of a foreign or endogenous nucleic acid.
The term "transgene" is used herein to describe genetic material that has been or is about to be artificially inserted into the genome of a cell, particularly a cell of a living animal. The transgene is used to transform a cell, meaning that a permanent or transient genetic change, desirably a permanent genetic change, is induced in a cell following incoφoration of exogenous nucleic acid (usually DNA). A permanent genetic change is generally achieved by introduction of the DNA into the genome of the cell. Vectors for stable integration include plasmids, retroviruses and other animal viruses, YACs (yeast artificial chromosome), BACs (bacterial artificial chromosome) and the like. The transgene is suitably derived from animals including, but not limited to, vertebrates, preferably mammals such as rodents, humans, non-human primates, ovines, bovines, ruminants, lagomorphs, porcines, caprines, equines, canines, felines, aves, etc.
As used herein the term "transgenic" refers to a genetically modified animal in which the endogenous genome is supplemented or modified by the random or site-directed integration of a foreign gene or sequence.
The "transgenic animals" of the invention are suitably produced by experimental manipulation of the genome of the germline of the animal. These genetically engineered animals may be produced by several methods including the introduction of a "transgene" comprising nucleic acid (usually DNA) into an embryonal target cell or integration into a chromosome of the somatic and/or germ line cells of an animal by way of human intervention. A transgenic animal is an animal whose genome has been altered by the introduction of a transgene.
By "vector" is meant a polynucleotide molecule, preferably a DNA molecule derived, for example, from a plasmid, bacteriophage, yeast or virus, into which a polynucleotide can be inserted or cloned. A vector preferably contains one or more unique restriction sites and can be capable of autonomous replication in a defined host cell including a target cell or tissue or a progenitor cell or tissue thereof, or be integrable with the genome of the defined host such that the cloned sequence is reproducible. Accordingly, the vector can be an autonomously replicating vector, i.e., a vector that exists as an extrachromosomal entity, the replication of which is independent of chromosomal replication, e.g., a linear or closed circular plasmid, an extrachromosomal element, a minichromosome, or an artificial chromosome. The vector can contain any means for assuring self- replication. Alternatively, the vector can be one which, when introduced into the host cell, is integrated into the genome and replicated together with the chromosome(s) into which it has been integrated. A vector system can comprise a single vector or plasmid, two or more vectors or plasmids, which together contain the total DNA to be introduced into the genome of the host cell, or a transposon. The choice of the vector will typically depend on the compatibility of the vector with the host cell into which the vector is to be introduced. In the present case, the vector is preferably a viral or viral-derived vector, which is operably functional in animal and preferably mammalian cells. Such vector may be derived from a poxvirus, an adenovirus or yeast. The vector can also include a selection marker such as an antibiotic resistance gene that can be used for selection of suitable transformants. Examples of such resistance genes are known to those of skill in the art and include the nptll gene that confers resistance to the antibiotics kanamycin and G418 (Geneticin®) and the hph gene which confers resistance to the antibiotic hygromycin B.
2. Higher order aggregates of the invention
The present invention extends the application of signal peptide biology beyond the context of protein expression systems and provides diverse and practical applications that employ the self-coalescent property of signal peptides. Not wishing to be bound by any one particular theory or mode of operation, it is believed that the predominantly hydrophobic nature of a signal peptide, at least in part, causes the peptide to coalesce with other like peptides into a higher order multimer or aggregate. Thus, it is proposed in accordance with the present invention that the self- aggregating property of signal peptides can be broadly utilised for coalescing a plurality of the same or different molecules into higher order aggregates with novel or enhanced properties. The aggregates of the present invention find utility in a range of applications, including chemical, therapeutic and prophylactic applications, as described hereafter.
In describing aggregates comprising only identical or substantially similar molecules of interest, the prefix "homo" is used. Enhanced activity, when used in reference to higher order homo-aggregates, includes and encompasses a prolonged half-life (e.g., a longer half-life relative to the naturally occurring or parental molecule of interest), or higher potency (e.g., requiring a smaller quantity relative to the naturally occurring or parental molecule to achieve a specified level of activity). Enhanced activity can also encompass a combination of the above-described activities, e.g., a higher order aggregate with higher potency that also exhibits a prolonged half-life. Tests to determine activity that is specific for a molecule of interest are well-known to those of skill in the art. The self-coalescing property of signal peptides can also be taken advantage to coalesce different molecules of interest into higher order aggregates. In describing aggregates comprising more than one kind of molecule of interest, the prefix "hetero" is used. For example, a hetero- aggregate comprises two or more molecules of interest with one or more of those molecules being different from one or more of the remaining molecules. Such hetero-aggregates may display the sum of the activities of the non-aggregated molecules of interest. Alternatively, hetero-aggregates may display synergistic characteristics, and thus exhibit an activity greater than the activity that would be exhibited by a similar quantity of each molecule of interest found in the aggregate if each molecular component were to be used alone. Thus, in one aspect of the present invention, there is provided an isolated or purified higher order aggregate comprising a plurality of chimeric molecules, wherein each chimeric molecule comprises at least one self-coalescing element, which is obtainable or derivable from a membrane translocating sequence or variant thereof, and which is fused, linked or otherwise associated with a molecule of interest, and wherein the or each self-coalescing element is capable of causing an individual chimeric molecule to coalesce with other chimeric molecules into higher order aggregates under conditions favourable to aggregation. Suitably, at least one chimeric molecule of the aggregate is other than a chimeric molecule selected from: (1) a B cell activating fusion protein comprising a B cell surface immunoglobulin binding domain and a signal peptide, wherein a catalytic product of the precursor is capable of inducing B cell mitogenesis; or (2) a fusion protein comprising protein L and ompA, each of which are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,521,741.
The chimeric molecules of the aggregate may be the same or different and, in this connection, the chimeric molecules may contain the same or different molecules of interest or the same or different self-coalescing elements (SLEs). In a preferred embodiment, the molecule of interest is a polypeptide and, in this context: (1) the term "higher order" is meant to exclude the many proteins that are known to comprise polypeptide dimers, tetramers, or other small numbers of polypeptide subunits in an active complex, (2) the term "higher order aggregate" is meant to exclude random agglomerations of denatured proteins that can form in non-physiological conditions; and (c) the term "self-coalesces" refers to the property of the polypeptide to form ordered aggregates with polypeptides having an identical amino acid sequence under appropriate conditions as taught herein, and is not intended to imply that the coalescing will naturally occur under every concentration or every set of conditions.
2.1 Self-coalescing elements
A self-coalescing element (SCE) may consist essentially of about 8 to about 35 amino acid residues, more preferably of about 15 to about 30 amino acid residues of which from about 60 to about 95%, and more suitably from about 70 to about 90%, are small or hydrophobic amino acid residues or modified forms thereof. Usually, one or more polar or charged amino acid residues are located closely adjacent (e.g., within about 5 amino acid residues) to one or both ends of the SCE. A small amino acid residue, which is located at or closely adjacent to (e.g., within about 2 amino acid residues) the carboxyl terminus of the SCE is also desirable. This conservation is illustrated for example in Figure 1, which shows an alignment of various membrane translocating amino acid sequences from a wide and diverse selection of species. A more pronounced conservation is shown in Figure 2, which shows an alignment of membrane translocating amino acid sequences of bacterial outer membrane proteins.
In one embodiment, the SCE is represented by the formula: Br-X, [Xj]π X2 X3 XA X5 [Xk]n X6 [X,]„ X7 X8 Xr-Z_ (I) [SEQ ID NO: 1] wherein: Bi is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherem n is from about 1 to about 50 amino acid residues, wherem the sequence comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue;
Xi is a hydrophobic, small, neutral or basic amino acid residue or modified form thereof; [Xj]n is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from 0 to 2 amino acid residues and wherein the sequence Xj comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue;
X2 is a hydrophobic, small or polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X3 is a hydrophobic, small or neutral/polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
[XJn is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from 4 to 6 amino acid residues and wherein the sequence Xt comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from a hydrophobic, small, polar or neutral amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X6 is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
[X)]π is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from 2 to 4 amino acid residues and wherein the sequence Xi comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from a hydrophobic, small or polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X7 is a hydrophobic, small, charged or neutral/polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X8 is a neutral/polar, charged, hydrophobic, or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof; X9 is optional and when present is selected from a small or charged amino acid residue or modified form thereof; and
Zi is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from about 1 to about 50 amino acid residues, wherem the sequence comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue.
Suitably, when Bi is present, it is a sequence of from about 1 to about 20 amino acid residues. In one embodiment of this type, Bi is represented by the formula:
B2J1 [Xi]n (II) [SEQ ID NO:2] wherem: B2 is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from about 1 to about 15 amino acid residues, wherein the sequence comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue, provided that Ji is also present;
Ji is absent or is a hydrophobic, charged, neutral/polar or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof, provided that [X;]n is also present; and [XJπ is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from 2 to 5 amino acid residues and wherein the sequence X; comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue.
In some embodiments, Jx is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., Jj is selected from Phe and He, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, Ji is a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., Ji is selected from His, Lys or Arg, or modified form thereof. In still other embodiments, Ji is a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Asn, or modified form thereof. In still other embodiments, Ji is a small amino acid residue, e.g., J! is selected from Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof.
In certain embodiments, [Xj]n is represented by the formula: 0_ 02030405 (HI) [SEQ ED NO:3] wherem: at least two of Oi to O5 are present, in which:
Oi is selected from a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., θ! is selected from
Leu or Be, or modified form thereof, a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., Arg, or modified form thereof, a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Asn, or modified form thereof, or a small amino acid residue, e.g., Ala, or modified form thereof;
02 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., Thr, or modified form thereof, or a basic amino acid residue, e.g., Lys, or modified form thereof;
03 is selected from a charged (typically basic) amino acid residue, e.g., 03 is selected from Arg or Lys, or modified form thereof, a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Asn, or modified form thereof, a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., 03 is selected from He, Val or Leu, or modified form thereof, or a small amino acid residue, e.g., Ala, or modified form thereof;
0 is selected from a charged (typically basic) amino acid residue, e.g., O4 is selected from Arg or Lys, or modified form thereof, a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., O4 is selected from Gin or Asn, or modified form thereof, a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., O is selected from Phe, He, Val or Leu, or modified form thereof, or a small amino acid residue, e.g., O4 is selected from Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof; and
05 is selected from a charged (typically basic) amino acid residue, e.g., 05 is selected from Arg or Lys, or modified form thereof, a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Asn, or modified form thereof, a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., O5 is selected from Phe, He, Val or Leu, or modified form thereof, or a small amino acid residue, e.g., O5 is selected from Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof. In some embodiments, Xi is a hydrophobic amino acid residue e.g., Xi is selected from
Leu, Met, Phe, He or Val, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, Xj is a small amino acid residue e.g., Xi is selected from Gly, Ala, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof. In still other embodiments, X! is selected from Cys, Lys or His, or modified form thereof.
In certain embodiment, [X,]n is a single amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Ala, Arg, Asn or Val, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, [Xj]n is a sequence of two amino acid residues, wherein the first amino acid residue is suitably selected from Lys, Asp,
Leu, Asn, Ala, Val or Phe, or modified form thereof and wherem the second amino acid residue is suitably selected from Ser, Ala, Lys, Gin, Asn or Leu, or modified form thereof.
In some embodiments, X2 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., X2 is selected from Val, Leu, Tyr, He or Phe, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X2 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., X2 is selected from Pro, Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof. In still other embodiments, X2 is selected from Asn or Arg, or modified form thereof.
In some embodiments, X3 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., X3 is Ala or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X3 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., X3 is selected from Met, Leu, Val, He or Phe, or modified form thereof. In still other embodiments, X3 is Cys or modified form thereof.
In some embodiments, X4 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., X4 is selected from Val, Leu, He or Trp, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X4 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., is selected from Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof. In some embodiments, X5 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., X5 is selected from Ala,
Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X5 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., X5 is selected from Leu, Phe, Val, He, or modified form thereof. In certain embodiments, [Xk]n is represented by the formula:
B3 O6O7 O8 O9B4 (IV) [SEQ ID NO:4] wherein: B3 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., Pro, Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof, a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., Val or Leu, or modified form thereof, or a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Cys, or modified form thereof; at least two of Oβto O9 are present, in which:
Og is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., O6 is selected from Ala,
Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof, a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., O6 is selected from Val, Leu, He or Met, or modified form thereof, or a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Cys, or modified form thereof;
07 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., O7 is selected from Ala or Ser, or modified form thereof, a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., Phe, or modified form thereof, or a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Asn, or modified form thereof;
08 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., O8 is selected from Thr, Ala or Ser, or modified form thereof, or a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., O8 is selected from He, Leu, Val, Met, Phe, Tyr or Trp, or modified form thereof; O9 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., O9 is selected from Pro,
Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof, a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., O9 is selected from He, Leu, Val or Phe, or modified form thereof, a basic amino acid residue, e.g., His, or modified form thereof, or a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Cys, or modified form thereof; and B4 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., Ala, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof, or a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., He, Val, Leu, Met, Tyr or
Phe, or modified form thereof.
In some embodiments, X6 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g. X6 is selected from Leu, Val, Met or Tyr, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X6 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., X6 is selected from Pro, Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof; h certain embodiments, [Xj]n is represented by the formula:
B5 O10 O„ O12 (V) [SEQ ID NO:5] wherein: B5 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., Pro, Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof, a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., He, Leu, Val, Phe or Met, or modified form thereof, or a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Gin, or modified form thereof; at least one of Oi 0 to Oι2 are present, in which: Oio is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., Oi0 is selected from Gly,
Ala, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof, a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., Oι0 is selected from Val, Leu, Met or Phe, or modified form thereof, a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Oι0 is selected from Cys, Asn or Gin, or modified form thereof;
On is a small amino acid residue, e.g., Pro, or modified form thereof; and Oi2 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., Oι2 is selected from Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof, a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., O12 is selected from He, Leu, Val, Tyr or Trp, or modified form thereof, or a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Cys, or modified form thereof.
In some embodiments, X7 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., X7 is selected from Leu, He, Val or Met, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X7 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., X7 is selected from Pro, Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof. In still other embodiments, X7 is a charged amino acid residue, e.g., X7 is selected from Asp or Arg, or modified form thereof. In still other embodiments, X7 is a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Asn, or modified form thereof.
In some embodiments, X8 is a neutral/polar, amino acid residue, e.g., X8 is selected from Gin, Asn or Cys, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X8 is a charged amino acid residue, e.g., X8 is selected from His or Glu, or modified form thereof. In still other embodiments, X8 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., X8 is selected from Val, Met or Trp, or modified form thereof. In still other embodiments, X8 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., X8 is selected from Ala or Ser, or modified form thereof.
In some embodiments, X9 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., X9 is selected from Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X9 is a charged amino acid residue, more suitably an acidic amino acid residue, e.g., Glu, or modified form thereof.
In certain embodiments, ___ is represented by the formula:
J2 J3 J4Z2 (VI) [SEQ ID NO:6] wherein: J2 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., Thr, or modified form thereof;
J3 is absent or is a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., Lys, or modified form thereof, provided that J2 is also present;
J is absent or is a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., Lys, or modified form thereof, provided that J3 is also present; and
Z2 is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from about 1 to about 15 amino acid residues, wherein the sequence comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue, provided that
J is also present. Desirably, Zi or Z2 comprise at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 charged amino acid residue(s), which are typically, but not exclusively, basic amino acid residues. The charged amino acid residues can be positioned adjacent to each other or can be spaced from one another by one or more other (non- charged) amino acid residues. In another embodiment, the SCE is represented by the formula:
B2Jι [Xi]nXι [Xj]„X2X3X X5 [Xk]nX6 [Xι]nX7X8X9Z, (VII) [SEQ ID NO: 7] wherein: B2, Ji, [Xj]n, [Xj]n. [Xk]n, [XJn. Xι-9 and Zi are as defined above.
In yet another embodiment, the SCE is represented by the formula: Bι-Xι X2 3 X4X5 [Xm]nX6X7X8X9 ιoXι1 Xi2Xι34Xi5Xi6-Zι (VIII) [SEQ ED NO: 8] wherem: Bx is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from about 1 to about 5 amino acid residues, wherein the sequence comprises the same or different amino acids selected from any amino acid residue;
Xi is a hydrophobic amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X2 is a small amino acid residue or modified form thereof; X3 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X4 is selected from a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X5 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue or modified form thereof; and
[Xijn is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from 0 to 2 amino acid residues and wherein the sequence Xm comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from a hydrophobic or a small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X6 is a small or hydrophobic amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X7 is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof; X8 is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X9 is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X10 is a hydrophobic, small or neutral/polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
Xu is a small, hydrophobic or neutral/polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
2 is a small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X13 is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
4 is a small amino acid residue or modified form thereof; X15 is a neutral/polar, acidic or hydrophobic amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
Xi6 is a small amino acid residue or modified form thereof; and
Zi is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from about 1 to about 20 amino acid residues wherein the sequence comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue.
In certain embodiments when B, is present, it is represented by the formula: J- h (LX) [SEQ ID NO:9] wherein: Ji is absent or is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., Met, or modified form thereof, provided that J2 is also present;
J2 is absent or is a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., Lys, or modified form thereof, provided that J3 is also present;
J3 is absent or is a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., J3 is selected from Lys or Arg, or modified form thereof, provided that J4 is also present;
J4 is absent or is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., T, or modified form thereof, or a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., J is selected from Lys or Arg, or modified form thereof, or a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Gin, or modified form thereof, provided that J5 is also present; and
J5 is absent or is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., J5 is selected from Ala or Thr, or modified form thereof, or a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., Leu, or modified form thereof;
In some embodiments, Xi is selected from He, Val or Leu, or modified form thereof. In some embodiments, X2 is selected from Thr, Gly, or Ala, or modified form thereof. In some embodiments, X3 is selected from He or Leu, or modified form thereof. In some embodiments, -Xt is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Val or Trp, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, t is a small amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Ala, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof. In some embodiments, X5 is selected from He, Phe, or more typically Val, or modified form thereof.
In certain embodiments, [X]]π is represented by the formula:
J6J7 (X) [SEQ ID NO: 10] wherein: at least one of J6 and J7 are present, in which
J6 is selected from a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., Leu, or modified form thereof, or a small amino acid residue, e.g., Gly, or modified form thereof; and J7 is selected from a small amino acid residue, e.g., Ser, or modified form thereof, or a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., Leu, or modified form thereof.
In some embodiments, X6 is a small amino acid residue, which is suitably Ala, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X6 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Val or Leu, or modified form thereof. In some embodiments, X is a small amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Ala, Gly or Thr, or modified form thereof, hi other embodiments, X7 is Leu, or modified form thereof, hi some embodiments, X8 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Leu or Val, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X8 is a small amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Ala or Ser, or modified form thereof. In some embodiments, X9 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Val or Leu, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X9 is a small amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Ala or Gly, or modified form. In some embodiments, Xjo is Gin or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, Xio is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from He, Val or Phe, or modified form.
In some embodiments, Xπ is a small amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Pro, Ala or Thr or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, Xu is Phe or modified form thereof. In still other embodiments, Xu is Gin, or modified form thereof. In some embodiments, Xπ is a small amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Ala, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof. In some embodiments, Xι3 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, which is suitably selected from Val, He or Met, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X13 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., Ala or modified form thereof. In some embodiments, XJ is selected from Pro or Ala, or modified form thereof. In some embodiments, X15 is a neutral/polar amino acid residue, e.g., Gin, or modified form thereof. In other embodiments, X_5 is an acidic amino acid residue, e.g., Asp, or modified form thereof. In still other embodiments, X15 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, e.g., Leu, or modified form thereof. In some embodiments, XI6 is Ala, or modified form thereof.
In certain embodiments, Zi is represented by the formula:
J8J9Jιo (XI) [SEQ ID NO: 11] wherein: J8 is a small amino acid residue, e.g., Thr, or modified form thereof; J is absent or is a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., Lys, or modified form thereof, provided that J8 is also present; and
Jio is absent or is a charged amino acid residue, typically a basic amino acid residue, e.g., Lys, or modified form thereof, provided that J9 is also present.
The amino acids in the SCE may be those encoded by genes or analogues thereof or the D-isomers thereof. Compounds within the scope of the present invention can be obtained by modifying the disclosed formulae in numerous ways, while preserving the activity of the SCE thus obtained. For example, while the amino acids of these compounds are normally in the natural L optical isomer form, one or more, usually two or less and preferably one amino acid may be replaced with the optical isomer D form, or a D,L-racemic mixture can be provided in the molecules comprising the SCE. In one embodiment, the SCE is in a form wherein all of the residues are in the D-configuration thus conferring resistance to protease activity while retaining self-coalescing properties. The resulting molecules are themselves enantiomers of the native L- amino acid-containing forms.
The nomenclature used to describe SCEs follows the conventional practice wherein the amino group is presented to the left and the carboxy group to the right of each amino acid residue. In the formulae representing selected specific embodiments of the present invention, the amino- (N-) and carboxy- (C-) terminal groups, although not specifically shown, will be understood to be in the form they would assume at physiological pH values, unless otherwise specified. In the amino acid structure formulae, each residue is generally represented by a single letter designation, corresponding to the trivial name of the amino acid, in accordance with the following table, in which the three-letter designations for each residue is also shown: TABLE B: Abbreviations for amino acids
Figure imgf000037_0001
The SCEs of the present invention are peptides or peptide-like compounds which are partially defined in terms of amino acid residues of designated classes. Amino acid residues can be generally sub-classified into major subclasses as follows:
Acidic: The residue has a negative charge due to loss of H ion at physiological pH and the residue is attracted by aqueous solution so as to seek the surface positions in the conformation of a peptide in which it is contained when the peptide is in aqueous medium at physiological pH. Amino acids having an acidic side chain include glutamic acid and aspartic acid.
Basic: The residue has a positive charge due to association with H ion at physiological pH or within one or two pH units thereof (e.g., histidine) and the residue is attracted by aqueous solution so as to seek the surface positions in the conformation of a peptide in which it is contained when the peptide is in aqueous medium at physiological pH. Amino acids having a basic side chain include arginine, lysine and histidine.
Charged: The residues are charged at physiological pH and, therefore, include amino acids having acidic or basic side chains (i.e., glutamic acid, aspartic acid, arginine, lysine and histidine).
Hydrophobic: The residues are not charged at physiological pH and the residue is repelled by aqueous solution so as to seek the inner positions in the conformation of a peptide in which it is contained when the peptide is in aqueous medium. Amino acids having a hydrophobic side chain include tyrosine, valine, isoleucine, leucine, methionine, phenylalanine and tryptophan. Neutral/polar: The residues are not charged at physiological pH, but the residue is not sufficiently repelled by aqueous solutions so that it would seek inner positions in the conformation of a peptide in which it is contained when the peptide is in aqueous medium. Amino acids having a neutral/polar side chain include asparagine, glutamine, cysteine, histidine, serine and threonine.
This description also characterises certain amino acids as "small" since their side chains are not sufficiently large, even if polar groups are lacking, to confer hydrophobicity. With the exception of proline, "small" amino acids are those with four carbons or less when at least one polar group is on the side chain and three carbons or less when not. Amino acids having a small side chain include glycine, serine, alanine and threonine. The gene-encoded secondary amino acid proline is a special case due to its known effects on the secondary conformation of peptide chains. The structure of proline differs from all the other naturally-occurring amino acids in that its side chain is bonded to the nitrogen of the α-amino group, as well as the α-carbon. Several amino acid similarity matrices (e.g., PAM120 matrix and PAM250 matrix as disclosed for example by Dayhoff et al. (1978) A model of evolutionary change in proteins. Matrices for determining distance relationships In M. O. Dayhoff, (ed.), Atlas of protein sequence and structure, Vol. 5, pp. 345-358, National Biomedical Research Foundation, Washington DC; and by Gonnet et al, 1992, Science 256(5062): 144301445), however, include proline in the same group as glycine, serine, alanine and threonine. Accordingly, for the purposes of the present invention, proline is classified as a "small" amino acid.
The degree of attraction or repulsion required for classification as polar or nonpolar is arbitrary and, therefore, amino acids specifically contemplated by the invention have been classified as one or the other. Most amino acids not specifically named can be classified on the basis of known behaviour. Amino acid residues can be further sub-classified as cyclic or noncyclic, and aromatic or nonaromatic, self-explanatory classifications with respect to the side-chain substituent groups of the residues, and as small or large. The residue is considered small if it contains a total of four carbon atoms or less, inclusive of the carboxyl carbon, provided an additional polar substituent is present; three or less if not. Small residues are, of course, always nonaromatic. Dependent on their structural properties, amino acid residues may fall in two or more classes.
For the naturally-occurring protein amino acids, sub-classification according to the foregoing scheme is presented in the following table.
TABLE C: Amino acid sub-classification
Figure imgf000039_0001
The "modified" amino acids that may be included in the SLEs are gene-encoded amino acids which have been processed after translation of the gene, e.g., by the addition of methyl groups or derivatization through covalent linkage to other substituents or oxidation or reduction or other covalent modification. The classification into which the resulting modified amino acid falls will be determined by the characteristics of the modified form. For example, if lysine were modified by acylating the . -amino group, the modified form would not be classed as basic but as polar/large.
Certain commonly encountered amino acids, which are not encoded by the genetic code, include, for example, /3-alanine ( -Ala), or other omega-amino acids, such as 3-aminopropionic, 2,3-diaminopropionic (2,3-diaP), 4-aminobutyric and so forth, α-aminoisobutyric acid (Aib), sarcosine (Sar), ornithine (Orn), citrulline (Cit), t-butylalanine (t-BuA), t-butylglycine (t-BuG), N- methylisoleucine (N-Mefle), phenylglycine (Phg), and cyclohexylalanine (Cha), norleucine (Nle), 2-naphthylalanine (2-Nal); l,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid (Tic); β-2- thienylalanine (Thi); methionine sulfoxide (MSO); and homoarginirie (Har). These also fall conveniently into particular categories.
Based on the above definitions, Sar, β-Ala and Aib are small; t-BuA, t-BuG, N-MeHe, Nle, Mvl, Cha, Phg, Nal, Thi and Tic are hydrophobic; 2,3-diaP, Orn and Har are basic; Cit, Acetyl Lys and MSO are neutral/polar/large. The various omega-amino acids are classified according to size as small (/3-Ala and 3-aminopropionic) or as large and hydrophobic (all others).
Other amino acid substitutions for those encoded in the gene can also be included in SCEs within the scope of the invention and can be classified within this general scheme according to their structure. In the SCEs of the invention, one or more amide linkages (-CO-NH-) may optionally be replaced with another linkage which is an isostere such as -CH2NH- -CH2S- -CH2CH2, -CH=CH- (cis and trans), -COCH2- -CH(OH)CH2- and -CH2SO-. This replacement can be made by methods known in the art. The following references describe preparation of peptide analogues which include these alternative-linking moieties: Spatola, A. F., Vega Data (March 1983), Vol. 1, Issue 3, "Peptide Backbone Modifications" (general review); Spatola, A. F., in "Chemistry and Biochemistry of Amino Acids Peptides and Proteins", B. Weinstein, eds., Marcel Del ker, New York, p. 267 (1983) (general review); Morley, J. S., Trends Pharm Sci (1980) pp. 463-468 (general review); Hudson, D., et al, Int J Pept Prot Res (1979) 14:177-185 (-CH2NH- -CH2CH2-); Spatola, A. F., et al, Life Sci (1986) 38:1243-1249 (-CH2-S); Hann, M. M., J Chem Soc Perkin Trans 7(1982) 307-314 (-CH-CH-, cis and trans); Almiquist, R. G., et al, JMed Chem (1980) 23:1392-1398 (-COCH2-); Jennings-White, C, et al, Tetrahedron Lett (1982) 23:2533 (- COCH2-); Szelke, M, et al, European Application EP 45665 (1982) CA:97:39405 (1982) (- CH(OH)CH2-); Holladay, M. W., et al, Tetrahedron Lett (1983) 24:4401-4404 (-C(OH)CH2-); and Hruby, V. J., Life Sci (1982) 31: 189-199 (-CH2-S-). Amino acid residues contained within the SCEs, and particularly at the carboxy- or amino-terminus, can also be modified by amidation, acetylation or substitution with other chemical groups which can, for example, change the solubility of the compounds without affecting their activity.
Exemplary SCE amino acid sequences include sequences of any naturally occurring membrane translocation sequence (MTS), which is typically but not exclusively selectable from naturally occurring signal sequences or variants thereof, that have the ability to aggregate into higher order aggregates under physiological conditions, such as inside of a cell. The naturally occurring MTS can be obtained from any suitable organism including, but not limited to, bacteria, mycobacteria, viruses, protozoa, yeast, plants and animals such as insects, avians, reptiles, fish and mammals. Suitably, the naturally occurring MTS is obtained from bacteria. Advantageously, the naturally occurring MTS amino acid sequence is selected from SEQ ED NO: 12-90. In certain embodiments, the naturally occurring MTS amino acid sequence is selected from SEQ ID NO:67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 83, 84, 85 and 87.
In other embodiments, the SCE amino acid sequence includes the sequences of only that portion of an MTS responsible for the aggregation behaviour. Thus, the present invention contemplates biologically active fragments of the MTS sequences of the invention. Persons skilled in the art will recognise that there are numerous techniques for producing such fragments. For example, a fragment of a reference MTS can be produced by amino and/or carboxyl terminal deletions as well as internal deletions, which can be obtained for example by enzymatic digestion. The fragment is then conjugated to a polypeptide of interest and the chimeric polypeptide so produced is then tested for the ability to form higher order aggregates. Such testing may employ an assay that provides a qualitative or quantitative determination of molecular weight including, but not restricted to, ultracentrifugation, electrophoresis (e.g., native polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis) and size separation (e.g., gel filtration, ultrafiltration). For example, higher order aggregation is tested by size exclusion chromatography as described in more detail below. In another embodiment, biological activity of an MTS fragment is tested by introducing into a cell a polynucleotide from which a chimeric polypeptide comprising an MTS fragment and a polypeptide of interest can be translated, and detecting the presence of higher order aggregates, which indicates that the fragment is a biologically active fragment.
Alternatively, an SCE, or its fragments, can differ from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ED NO: 12-90. Thus, the present invention also contemplates variants of the naturally occurring or parent SCE amino acid sequences or their biologically-active fragments, wherem the variants are distinguished from the parent sequences by the addition, deletion, or substitution of one or more amino acids. In general, variants display at least 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%>, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% similarity to a parent SCE sequence as for example set forth in SEQ ED NO: 12-90. Suitably, variants will have at least 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% sequence identity to a parent SCE sequence as for example set forth in any one of SEQ ID NO: 12-90. Moreover, sequences differing from the native or parent sequences by the addition, deletion, or substitution of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, or more amino acids but which retain the self-coalescing properties and the ability to confer higher order aggregation to a molecule of interest, are contemplated. Polypeptides of the invention include polypeptides that are encoded by polynucleotides that hybridise under stringent, preferably highly stringent conditions to the polynucleotide sequences of the invention, or the non-coding strand thereof, as described infra. In one embodiment, it differs by at least one but by less than 15, 10, 8, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2 or 1 amino acid residues. In another, it differs from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 12- 90 by at least one residue but less than 20%, 15%, 10% or 5% of the residues. (If this comparison requires alignment the sequences should be aligned for maximum similarity. "Looped" out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.) The differences are, suitably, differences or changes at a non-essential residue or a conservative substitution.
A "non-essential" amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequence of an SCE without abolishing or substantially altering its self-coalescing activity. Suitably, the alteration does not substantially alter the self-coalescing activity, e.g., the activity is at least 20%., 40%, 60%, 70% or 80% of wild-type. An "essential" amino acid residue is a residue that, when altered from the wild-type sequence ofan SCE, results in abolition of the self-coalescing activity such that less than 20% of the wild-type activity is present. From a review of the sequence comparisons of SCEs shown in Figures 1 and 2, it is clear that none of the amino acid residues of SCEs is absolutely conserved across the SCEs presented in those figures. Accordingly, it is believed that all amino acid residues of the SCEs are amenable to alteration, especially to conservative amino acid substitution.
A "conservative amino acid substitution" is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art and certain subclasses are described above in Table C. Preferred variant SCEs are those having conserved amino acid substitutions. Examples of conservative substitutions include the following: aspartic-glutamic as acidic amino acids; lysine/arginine/histidine as basic amino acids; serine/glycine/alanine/threonine as small amino acids; leucine/isoleucine, methionine/valine, alanine/valine as hydrophobic amino acids. Conservative amino acid substitution also includes groupings based on side chains. For example, a group of amino acids having aliphatic side chains is glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, and isoleucine; a group of amino acids having aliphatic-hydroxyl side chains is serine and threonine; a group of amino acids having amide-containing side chains is asparagine and glutamine; a group of amino acids having aromatic side chains is phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan; a group of amino acids having basic side chains is lysine, arginine, and histidine; and a group of amino acids having sulphur-containing side chains is cysteine and methionine. For example, it is reasonable to expect that replacement of a leucine with an isoleucine or valine, an aspartate with a glutamate, a threonine with a serine, or a similar replacement of an amino acid with a structurally related amino acid will not have a major effect on the properties of the resulting variant polypeptide. Whether an amino acid change results in a functional SCE can readily be determined by assaying the specific coalescing or aggregating activity of the variant SCE. Conservative substitutions are shown in Table D below under the heading of exemplary substitutions. More preferred substitutions are shown under the heading of preferred substitutions. Amino acid substitutions falling within the scope of the invention, are, in general, accomplished by selecting substitutions that do not differ significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the peptide backbone in the area of the substitution, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site, or (c) the bulk of the side chain. After the substitutions are introduced, the variants are screened for biological activity. TABLE D: EXEMPLARY AND PREFERRED AMINO ACID SUBSTITUTIONS
Figure imgf000043_0001
Alternatively, similar amino acids for making conservative substitutions can be grouped into three categories based on the identity of the side chains. The first group includes glutamic acid, aspartic acid, arginine, lysine, histidine, which all have charged side chains; the second group includes glycine, serine, threonine, cysteme, tyrosine, glutamine, asparagine; and the third group includes leucine, isoleucine, valine, alanine, proline, phenylalanine, tryptophan, methionine, as described in Zubay, G., Biochemistry, third edition, Wm.C. Brown Publishers (1993).
Thus, a predicted non-essential amino acid residue in an SCE is typically replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family. Alternatively, in another embodiment, mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of an SCE coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for self-coalescing activity to identify mutants that retain activity. Following mutagenesis of such coding sequences, the encoded peptide can be expressed recombinantly and the activity of the peptide can be determined.
In other embodiments, the SCE includes an amino acid sequence having at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94% 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or more similarity to a corresponding sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12-90, and has self-coalescing activity.
The SCEs of the invention contain a significant number of structural characteristics in common with each other as for example depicted in Figures 1 and 2. The term "family" when referring to the protein and nucleic acid molecules of the invention means two or more proteins or nucleic acid molecules having a common structural domain or motif and having sufficient amino acid or nucleotide sequence homology as defined herein. Such family members can be naturally or non-naturally-occurring and can be from either the same or different species. Members of a family can also have common functional characteristics.
Variant SCE sequences, which differ from a parent SCE sequence, by the substitution, addition or deletion of at least one amino acid residue may be synthesised de novo using solution or solid phase peptide synthesis techniques as known in the art. Alternatively such variants, including variants of naturally-occurring SCE sequences may be conveniently obtained by mutagenesis of their coding sequences. Mutations in nucleotide sequences constructed for expression of variants must, of course, preserve the reading frame phase of the coding sequences and suitably will not create complementary regions that could hybridise to produce secondary mRNA structures such as loops or hairpins which would adversely affect translation of the mRNA. Although a mutation site may be predetermined, it is not necessary that the nature of the mutation per se be predetermined.
For example, in order to select for optimum characteristics of mutants at a given site, random mutagenesis may be conducted at the target codon and the expressed mutants screened for coalescent activity.
In one embodiment, mutations can be introduced at particular loci by synthesising oligonucleotides encoding the desired amino acid residues, flanked by restriction sites enabling ligation to fragments of the native sequence. Following ligation, the resulting reconstructed sequence encodes a variant having the desired amino acid insertion, substitution, or deletion. Alternatively, oligonucleotide-directed site-specific mutagenesis procedures can be employed to provide an altered nucleotide sequence having particular codons altered according to the substitution, deletion, or insertion required. Exemplary methods of making the alterations set forth above are disclosed by Walder et al. (1986, Gene 42:133); Bauer et al. (1985, Gene 37:73); Craik (1985, BioTechniques Jan. 12-19, ); Smith et al. (Genetic Engineering: Principles and Methods, Plenum Press, 1981); and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,518,584 and 4,737,462.
In another variation of the invention, an SCE amino acid sequence of the invention is encoded by a polynucleotide that hybridises to a nucleotide sequence encoding an SCE amino acid sequence as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 12-90; or the non-coding strands complementary to these sequences, under stringency conditions described herein. In a preferred embodiment, the SCE amino acid sequence is encoded by a polynucleotide that hybridises to a nucleotide sequence as set forth in SEQ ED NO:91-132 under a stringency condition described herein. As used herein, the term "hybridises under low stringency, medium stringency, high stringency, or very high stringency conditions" describes conditions for hybridisation and washing. Guidance for performing hybridisation reactions can be found in Ausubel et al, (1998, supra), Sections 6.3.1- 6.3.6. Aqueous and non-aqueous methods are described in that reference and either can be used.
In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates polynucleotides which hybridise to a reference polynucleotide encoding an SCE amino acid sequence of the invention under at least low stringency conditions. Reference herein to low stringency conditions include and encompass from at least about 1% v/v to at least about 15% v/v formamide and from at least about 1 M to at least about 2 M salt for hybridisation at 42° C, and at least about 1 M to at least about 2 M salt for washing at 42° C. Low stringency conditions also may include 1% Bovine Serum Albumin (BSA), 1 mM EDTA, 0.5 M NaHP04 (pH 7.2), 7% SDS for hybridisation at 65° C, and (i) 2xSSC, 0.1%
SDS; or (ii) 0.5% BSA, 1 mM EDTA, 40 mM NaHPO4 (pH 7.2), 5% SDS for washing at room temperature. One embodiment of low stringency conditions includes hybridisation in 6X sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) at about 45° C, followed by two washes in 0.2X SSC, 0.1% SDS at least at 50° C (the temperature of the washes can be increased to 55° C for low stringency conditions).
In another embodiment, the present invention contemplates polynucleotides which hybridise to a reference SCE-encoding polynucleotide under at least medium stringency conditions. Medium stringency conditions include and encompass from at least about 16% v/v to at least about 30% v/v formamide and from at least about 0.5 M to at least about 0.9 M salt for hybridisation at 42° C, and at least about 0.1 M to at least about 0.2 M salt for washing at 55° C. Medium stringency conditions also may include 1% Bovine Serum Albumin (BSA), 1 mM EDTA, 0.5 M NaHPO4 (pH 7.2), 7% SDS for hybridisation at 65° C, and (i) 2 x SSC, 0.1% SDS; or (ii) 0.5% BSA, 1 mM EDTA, 40 mM NaHPO4 (pH 7.2), 5% SDS for washing at 60-65° C. One embodiment of medium stringency conditions includes hybridising in 6X SSC at about 45° C, followed by one or more washes in 0.2X SSC, 0.1% SDS at 60° C.
In another embodiment, the present invention contemplates polynucleotides which hybridise to a reference SCE-encoding polynucleotide under high stringency conditions. High stringency conditions include and encompass from at least about 31% v/v to at least about 50% v/v formamide and from about 0.01 M to about 0.15 M salt for hybridisation at 42° C, and about 0.01 M to about 0.02 M salt for washing at 55° C. High stringency conditions also may include 1%> BSA, 1 mM EDTA, 0.5 M NaHPO4 (pH 7.2), 7% SDS for hybridisation at 65° C, and (i) 0.2 x SSC, 0.1% SDS; or (ii) 0.5% BSA, lmM EDTA, 40 mM NaHPO4 (pH 7.2), 1% SDS for washing at a temperature in excess of 65° C. One embodiment of high stringency conditions includes hybridising in 6X SSC at about 45° C, followed by one or more washes in 0.2X SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65° C.
In certain embodiments, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention hybridises under very high stringency conditions. One embodiment of very high stringency conditions includes hybridising 0.5M sodium phosphate, 7% SDS at 65°C, followed by one or more washes at 0.2X SSC, 1% SDS at 65° C.
Other stringency conditions are well known in the art and a skilled addressee will recognise that various factors can be manipulated to optimise the specificity of the hybridisation.
Optimisation of the stringency of the final washes can serve to ensure a high degree of hybridisation. For detailed examples, see Ausubel et al, supra at pages 2.10.1 to 2.10.16 and
Sambrook et al. (1989, supra) at sections 1.101 to 1.104.
While stringent washes are typically carried out at temperatures from about 42° C to 68° C, one skilled in the art will appreciate that other temperatures may be suitable for stringent conditions. Maximum hybridisation rate typically occurs at about 20° C to 25° C below the Tm for formation of a DNA-DNA hybrid. It is well known in the art that the Tm is the melting temperature, or temperature at which two complementary polynucleotide sequences dissociate. Methods for estimating Tm are well known in the art (see Ausubel et al, supra at page 2.10.8).
In general, the Tm of a perfectly matched duplex of DNA may be predicted as an approximation by the formula: Tra= 81.5 + 16.6 (logι0 M) + 0.41 (%G+C) - 0.63 (% formamide) - (600/length) wherein: M is the concentration of Na+, preferably in the range of 0.01 molar to 0.4 molar; %G+C is the sum of guanosine and cytosine bases as a percentage of the total number of bases, within the range between 30% and 75% G+C; % formamide is the percent formamide concentration by volume; length is the number of base pairs in the DNA duplex. The Tm of a duplex DNA decreases by approximately 1° C with every increase of 1% in the number of randomly mismatched base pairs. Washing is generally carried out at Tm - 15° C for high stringency, or Tm - 30° C for moderate stringency.
In a prefeired hybridisation procedure, a membrane (e.g., a nitrocellulose membrane or a nylon membrane) containing immobilised DNA is hybridised overnight at 42° C in a hybridisation buffer (50% deionised formamide, 5xSSC, 5x Denhardt's solution (0.1% ficoU, 0.1% polyvinylpyrollidone and 0.1% bovine serum albumin), 0.1%> SDS and 200 mg/mL denatured salmon sperm DNA) containing labelled probe. The membrane is then subjected to two sequential medium stringency washes (i.e., 2xSSC, 0.1% SDS for 15 min at 45° C, followed by 2xSSC, 0.1% SDS for 15 min at 50° C), followed by two sequential higher stringency washes (i.e., 0.2xSSC, 0.1% SDS for 12 min at 55° C followed by 0.2xSSC and 0.1%SDS solution for 12 min at 65-68° C.
Also provided are isolated polynucleotides comprising a nucleotide sequence that encodes at least one SCE amino acid sequence, wherein the SCE-encoding portion of the polynucleotide is at least about 99%, at least about 98%, at least about 95%, at least about 90%, at least about 85%, at least about 80%, at least about 75%, or at least about 70% identical over its full length to a reference SCE-encoding polynucleotide as for example set forth in SEQ ID NO:91-132. Natural or artificial sequences can be screened for SCE properties by any suitable method known to persons of skill in the art. For example, one may test a natural or artificial sequence for the capacity to form higher order aggregates by conjugating the sequence to a polypeptide of interest and then testing the chimeric polypeptide so produced in an assay that provides a qualitative or quantitative determination of molecular weight for the ability to form higher order aggregates. Suitably, higher order aggregation of such chimeric molecules is tested by size exclusion chromatography as described in more detail below.
2.2 Molecules of interest
A molecule of interest may be selected from any compound including organic and inorganic compounds. In certain embodiments, the molecule of interest is selected from organic compounds including, but not limited to, drugs (e.g. antibiotics, hormones, and drugs for treating conditions such as cancer, diabetes, inflammation, cardiovascular disease, sexual dysfunction, neuropsychiatric disorders and the like), metabolites and agrochemical compounds such as pesticides and herbicides. Typically, the molecule of interest is an organic polymer and desirably a polymer of biological origin such as a polynucleotide or polypeptide. In one embodiment of this type, the molecule of interest is a polypeptide having an enzymatic, therapeutic or antigenic activity. Thus, in this embodiment, the chimeric molecule is a chimeric polypeptide comprising an SCE that is fused, linked or otherwise associated to a "polypeptide of interest". By "chimeric polypeptide" is meant a polypeptide comprising at least two distinct polypeptide segments (domains) that do not naturally occur together as a single protein. In preferred embodiments, each domain contributes a distinct and useful property to the polypeptide. Polynucleotides that encode chimeric polypeptides can be constructed using conventional recombinant DNA technology to synthesise, amplify, and/or isolate polynucleotides encoding the at least two distinct segments, and to ligate them together. See, e.g., Sambrook et al, Molecular Cloning - A Laboratory Manual, Second Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Press (1989); and Ausubel et al, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (1998). A polypeptide of interest may be selected from any polypeptide that is of commercial or practical interest and that comprises an amino acid sequence, which is typically but not exclusively encodable by the codons of the universal genetic code. Exemplary polypeptides of interest include: enzymes that may have utility in chemical (e.g., enzymes for selective hydrolysis of cyclic secondary alcohols or for transesterification of activated/nonactivated esters), food-processing (e.g., amylases), or other commercial applications (detergent enzymes); enzymes having utility in biotechnology applications, including DNA and RNA polymerases, endonucleases, exonucleases, peptidases, and other DNA and protein modifying enzymes; polypeptides that are capable of specifically binding to compositions of interest, such as polypeptides that act as intracellular or cell surface receptors for other polypeptides, for steroids, for carbohydrates, or for other biological molecules; polypeptides that comprise at least one antigen-binding domain of an antigen-binding molecule; polypeptides that comprise the ligand-binding domain of a ligand-binding protein (e.g., the ligand binding domain of a cell surface receptor); metal binding proteins (e.g., ferritin (apoferritin), metallothioneins, and other metalloproteins), which are useful for isolating/purifying metals from a solution containing them for metal recovery or for remediation of the solution; light- harvesting proteins (e.g., proteins used in photosynthesis that bind pigments); proteins that can spectrally alter light (e.g., light spectrum-modifying polypeptides that absorb light at one wavelength and emit light at another wavelength); regulatory proteins, such as transcription factors and translation factors; and polypeptides of therapeutic value, such as chemokines, cytokines, interleukins, growth factors, interferons, metabolic polypeptides, immunopotentiators and iummunosuppressors, angiogenic or anti-angiogenic peptides and antigens.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of interest is selected from cytokines, growth factors, and hormones, which include, but are not limited to: interferon-α, interferon-β, interferon- γ, interleukin-1, interleukin-2, interleukin-3, interleukin-4, interleukin-5, interleukin-6, interleukin-
7, interleukin-8, interleukin-9, interleukin-10, interleukin-11, interleukin-12, interleukin-13, interleukin-14, interleukin-15, interleukin-16, erythropoietin, colony-stimulating factor-1, granulocyte colony-stimulating factor, granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor, leukemia inhibitory factor, tumour necrosis factor, lymphotoxin, platelet-derived growth factor, fibroblast growth factors, vascular endothelial cell growth factor, epidermal growth factor, transforming growth factor-/3, transforming growth factor-α, thrombopoietin, stem cell factor, oncostatin M, amphiregulin, Mullerian-inhibiting substance, B-cell growth factor, macrophage migration inhibiting factor, monocyte chemoattractant protein (e.g., MCP-1), endostatin, and angiostatin, as well as their agonists and antagonists.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of interest is an antigen which can be selected from any foreign or autologous antigens including, but not restricted to, viral, bacterial, protozoan, microbial, tumour antigens as well as self- or auto-antigens. Suitable viral antigens are derived from human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), papilloma virus poliovirus, and influenza virus, Rous sarcoma virus or a virus causing encephalitis such as Japanese encephalitis virus, a herpesvirus including, but not limited to, herpes simplex virus and Epstein-Barr virus, cytomegalovirus, a parvovirus, or a hepatitis virus including, but not limited to, hepatitis strains A, B and C. Desirable bacterial antigens include, but are not limited to, those derived from Neisseria species, Meningococcal species, Haemophilus species Salmonella species, Streptococcal species, Legionella species and Mycobacterium species. Suitable protozoan antigens include, but are not restricted to, those derived from Plasmodium species, Schistosoma species, Leishmania species, Trypanosoma species, Toxoplasma species and Giardia species. Any cancer or tumour antigen is contemplated by the present invention. For example, such antigen may be derived from, melanoma, lung cancer, breast cancer, cervical cancer, prostate cancer, colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, stomach cancer, bladder cancer, kidney cancer, post transplant lymphoproliferative disease (PTLD), Hodgkin's Lymphoma and the like.
In some embodiments, the polypeptide of interest is a metabolic polypeptide, including polypeptides involved in biotransformation of compounds, such as but not limited to, absorption, binding, uptake, excretion, distribution, transport, processing, conversion or degradation of compounds. For example, metabolic polypeptides include, but are not limited to, drug-metabolising polypeptides (e.g., cytochrome p450 (CYP) isoforms, esterases, acetyl-transferases, acetylases, glucuronosyl-transferases, glucuronidases, glutathione S-transferases and the like), drug-binding polypeptides (e.g., serum albumin, α-acidic glycoprotein and the like), ornithine transcarbamylase, arginosuccinate synthetase, glutamine synthetase, glycogen synthetase, glucose-6-phosphatase, succinate dehydrogenase, glucokinase, insulin, pyruvate kinase, acetyl CoA carboxylase, fatty acid synthetase, alanine aminotransferase, glutamate dehydrogenase, ferritin, low density lipoprotein (LDL) receptor, P450 enzymes, or alcohol dehydrogenase. In other embodiments, the molecule of interest is a peptide, which is suitably selected from antigenic peptides (including T cell epitopes, B cell epitopes), peptides derived from cytokines, which have a cytokine activity, peptides derived from chemokines, which have a chemokine activity, neuropeptides, anti-inflammatory peptides and receptor ligand peptides, which can block receptor function in aggregate form. In still other embodiments, the molecule of interest is a hormone, which includes trace substances produced by various endocrine glands which serve as chemical messengers carried by biological fluids including blood to various target organs, where they regulate a variety of physiological and metabolic activities in vertebrates. Suitable hormones include growth hormones, sex hormones, thyroid hormones, pituitary hormones and melanocyte stimulating hormones. For example, the hormone may be selected from estrogens (e.g., estradiol, estrone, estriol, diethylstibestrol, quinestrol, chlorotrianisene, ethinyl estradiol, mestranol), anti-estrogens (such as, for example, clomiphene, tamoxifen), progestins (e.g., medroxyprogesterone, norethindrone, hydroxyprogesterone, norgestrel), antiprogestin (e.g., mifepristone), androgens (e.g., testosterone, testosterone cypionate, dihydrotestosterone, fluoxymesterone, danazol, testolactone), anti- androgens (e.g., cyproterone acetate, flutamide) and the like. Alternatively, the hormone may be selected from thyroid hormones (e.g., triiodothyronne, thyroxine, propylthiouracil, methimazole, and iodixode) and gastrointestinal hormones (e.g., gastrin, glucagon, secretin, cholecystokinin, gastric inhibitory peptide, vasoactive intestinal peptide, substance P, glucagon-like immunoreactivity peptide, somatostatin, bombesin, neurotensin and the like). The hormone may also be selected from pituitary hormones (e.g., corticofropin, sumutofropin, oxytocin, and vasopressin) and hormones of the adrenal cortex (e.g., adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH), aldosterone, cortisol, corticosterone, deoxycorticosterone and dehydroepiandrosterone). Other hormones include prednisone, betamethasone, vetamethasone, cortisone, dexamethasone, flum'solide, hydrocortisone, methylprednisolone, paramethasone acetate, prednisolone, triamcinolone fludrocortisone and the like.
In still other embodiments, the molecule of interest is linked to or otherwise associated with an ancillary molecule, which comprises a different activity than the molecule of interest. In some embodiments, the activity of the ancillary molecule ameliorates or otherwise reduces an unwanted activity (or side effect) of the molecule of interest. For example, the ancillary molecule may be an immunostimulatory molecule, as for example disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,228,373 and U.S. Pat No. 5,466,669, or an immunosuppressive molecule, as for example disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,679,640, which enhances or reduces, respectively, the capacity of the molecule(s) of interest, when in aggregate form, to produce an antigen-specific immune response to the molecule of interest in an animal to which the aggregate has been administered.
3. Methods of producing chimeric molecules of the invention
Chimeric molecules comprising an SCE and a molecule of interest can be produced by any suitable technique known to persons of skill in the art. The present invention, therefore, is not dependent on, and not directed to, any one particular technique for conjugating an SCE with a molecule of interest.
The manner of attachment of the SCE to a molecule of interest should be such that the self-coalescing property of the SCE is not impaired and also such that, on self-assembly of the chimeric molecule into a higher order aggregate the molecule of interest is exposed to the exterior of the aggregate, allowing for interaction of that molecule with a cognate binding or interacting partner molecule. A linker or spacer may be included between the SCE and the molecule of interest to spatially separate the SCE from the molecule of interest. The linker or spacer molecule may be from about 1 to about 100 atoms in length. In some embodiments, the linker or spacer molecule comprises one or more amino acid residues (e.g., from about 1 to about 50 amino acid residues and desirably 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20 amino acid residues). Such linkers or spacers may facilitate the proper folding of the molecule of interest, to assure that it retains a desired activity even when the chimeric molecule as a whole has formed aggregates with other chimeric SCE- containing molecules. The SCE and the molecule of interest may be in either order i.e., the molecule of interest may be conjugated to the amino-terminus or the carboxyl-terminus of the SCE. Suitably, the molecule of interest is covalently attached to the SCE. Covalent attachment may be achieved by any suitable means known to persons of skill in the art. For example, a chimeric polypeptide may be prepared by linking polypeptides together using crosslinking reagents. Examples of such crosslinking agents include carbodiimides such as but not limited to l-cyclohexyl-3-(2-moφholinyl-(4-ethyl)carbodiimide (CMC), 1-ethyl- 3-(3-dimethyaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDC) and l-ethyl-3-(4-azoma-4,4-dimethylpentyl) carbodiimide. Exemplary crosslinking agents of this type are selected from the group consisting of 1 -cyclohexyl-3 -(2-morpholinyl-(4-ethyl)carbodiimide,( 1 -ethyl-3 -(3 -dimethya minopropyl carbodiimide (EDC) and l-ethyl-3-(4-azonia-4,4-dimethylpentyl)carbodiimide. Examples of other suitable crosslinking agents are cyanogen bromide, glutaraldehyde and succinic anhydride.
In general any of a number of homobifunctional agents including a homobifunctional aldehyde, a homobifunctional epoxide, a homobifunctional imidoester, a homobifunctional N- hydroxysuccinimide ester, a homobifunctional maleimide, a homobifunctional alkyl halide, a homobifunctional pyridyl disulfide, a homobifunctional aryl halide, a homobifunctional hydrazide, a homobifunctional diazonium derivative and a homobifunctional photoreactive compound may be used. Also included are heterobifunctional compounds, for example, compounds having an amine- reactive and a sulfhydryl-reactive group, compounds with an amine-reactive and a photoreactive group and compounds with a carbonyl-reactive and a sulfhydryl-reactive group.
Homobifunctional reagents are molecules with at least two identical functional groups. The functional groups of the reagent generally react with one of the functional groups on a protein, typically an amino group. Specific examples of such homobifunctional crosslinking reagents include the bifunctional N-hydroxysuccinimide esters dithiobis(succinimidylpropionate), disuccinimidyl suberate, and disuccinimidyl tartrate; the bifunctional imidoesters dimethyl adipimidate, dimethyl pimelimidate, and dimethyl suberimidate; the bifunctional sulfhydryl- reactive crosslinkers l,4-di-[3'-(2'-pyridyldithio)ρropionamido]butane, bismaleimidohexane, and bis-N-maleimido-1, 8-octane; the bifunctional aryl halides l,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene and 4.4'-difluoro-3,3'-dinitrophenylsulfone; bifunctional photoreactive agents such as bis-[b-(4- azidosalicylamido)ethyl]disulfide; the bifunctional aldehydes formaldehyde, malondialdehyde, succinaldehyde, glutaraldehyde, and adipaldehyde; a bifunctional epoxide such as 1,4-butaneodiol diglycidyl ether, the bifunctional hydrazides adipic acid dihydrazide, carbohydrazide, and succinic acid dihydrazide; the bifunctional diazoniums o-toluidine, diazotized and bis-diazotized benzidine; the bifunctional alkylhalides N,N'-ethylene-bis(iodoacetamide), N,N'-hexamethylene- bis(iodoacetamide), N,N'-undecamethylene-bis(iodoacetamide), as well as benzylhalides and halomustards, such as .alpha.,.alpha.'-diiodo-p-xylene sulfonic acid and tri(2-chloroethyl)amine, respectively. Methods of using homobifunctional crosslinking reagents are known to practitioners in the art. For instance, the use of glutaraldehyde as a cross-linking agent is described for example by Poznansky et al. (1984, Science, 223: 1304-1306). The use of diimidates as a cross-linking agent is described for example by Wang, et al. (1977, Biochemistry, 16: 2937-2941).
Although it is possible to use homobifunctional crosslinking reagents for the purpose of forming a chimeric polypeptide according to the invention, skilled practitioners in the art will appreciate that it is more difficult to attach different proteins in an ordered fashion with these reagents. In this regard, in attempting to link a first protein with a second protein by means of a homobifunctional reagent, one cannot prevent the linking of the first protein to each other and of the second to each other. Accordingly, heterobifunctional crosslinking reagents are preferred because one can control the sequence of reactions, and combine proteins at will. Heterobifunctional reagents thus provide a more sophisticated method for linking two polypeptide. These reagents require one of the molecules to be joined, hereafter called Partner B, to possess a reactive group not found on the other, hereafter called Partner A, or else require that one of the two functional groups be blocked or otherwise greatly reduced in reactivity while the other group is reacted with Partner A. In a typical two-step process for forming heteroconjugates, Partner A is reacted with the heterobifunctional reagent to form a derivatised Partner A molecule. If the unreacted functional group of the crosslinker is blocked, it is then deprotected. After deprotecting, Partner B is coupled to derivatised Partner A to form the conjugate. Primary amino groups on Partner A are reacted with an activated carboxylate or imidate group on the crosslinker in the derivatisation step. A reactive thiol or a blocked and activated thiol at the other end of the crosslinker is reacted with an electrophilic group or with a reactive thiol, respectively, on Partner B. When the crosslinker possesses a reactive thiol, the electrophile on Partner B preferably will be a blocked and activated thiol, a maleimide, or a halomethylene carbonyl (eg. bromoacetyl or iodoacetyl) group. Because biological macromolecules do not naturally contain such electrophiles, they must be added to Partner B by a separate derivatisation reaction. When the crosslinker possesses a blocked and activated thiol, the thiol on Partner B with which it reacts may be native to Partner B.
An example of a heterobifunctional reagent is N-succinimidyl 3-(2- pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP) (see for example Carlsson et al, 1978, Biochem. , 173: 723- 737). Other heterobifunctional reagents for linking proteins include for example succinimidyl 4-(N- maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-l -carboxylate (SMCC) (Yoshitake et al, 1979, Eur. J. Biochem, 101: 395-399), 2-iminothiolane (IT) (Jue et al, 1978, Biochemistry, 17: 5399-5406), and S-acetyl mercaptosuccinic anhydride (SAMSA) (Klotz and Heiney, 1962, Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 96: 605-612). All three react preferentially with primary amines (eg. lysine side chains) to form an amide or amidine group which links a thiol to the derivatized molecule (eg. a heterologous antigen) via a connecting short spacer arm, one to three carbon atoms long.
Another example of a heterobifunctional reagent is N-succinimidyl 3-(2- pyridyldithio)butyrate (SPDB) (Worrell et al, 1986, Anti-Cancer Drug Design, 1: 179-188), which is identical in structure to SPDP except that it contain a single methyl-group branch alpha to the sulfur atom which is blocked and activated by 2-thiopyridine. SMPT and SMBT described by Thorpe et al. (1987, Cancer Research, 47: 5924-5931) contain a phenylmethyl spacer arm between an N-hydroxysuccinimide-activated carboxyl group and the blocked thiol; both the thiol and a single methyl-group branch are attached to the aliphatic carbon of the spacer arm. These heterobifunctional reagents result in less easily cleaved disulfide bonds than do unbranched crosslinkers. Some other examples of heterobifunctional reagents containing reactive disulfide bonds include sodium S-4-succinimidyloxycarbonyl-c.-methylbenzylthiosulfate, 4-succimmidyl- oxycarbony-c--methyl-(2-pyridyldithio)toluene. Examples of heterobifunctional reagents comprising reactive groups having a double bond that reacts with a thiol group include SMCC mentioned above, succinimidyl m- maleimidobenzoate, succinimidyl 3-(maleimido)propionate, sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(p- maleimidophenyl)butyrate, sulfosuccinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethylcyclohexane- 1 -carboxylate and maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS). In a preferred embodiment, MBS is used to produce the conjugate.
Other heterobifunctional reagents for forming conjugates of two proteins are described for example by Rodwell et al. in U.S. Pat. No. 4,671,958 and by Moreland et al. in U.S. Pat. No. 5,241,078. Crosslinking of the SCE and the molecule of interest may be accomplished by coupling a carbonyl group to an amine group or to a hydrazide group by reductive amination.
Alternatively, chimeric polypeptides may be synthesised using solution synthesis or solid phase synthesis as described, for example, in Chapter 9 of Atherton and Shephard (supra) and in Roberge et al (1995). Peptides of the present invention can be synthesised by solution or solid phase synthesis methods as known in the art. For example, the widely used Merrifield solid phase synthesis method, including the experimental procedures, is described in the following references: Stewart et al. (1969, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, W. H. Freeman Co., San Francisco); Merrifield (1963, JAm Chem Soc 85: 2149); Meienhofer (1973, Int JPept Pro Res 11: 246); and Barany and Merrifield (1980, in The Peptides, E. Gross and F. Meinenhofer, eds., Vol. 2, Academic Press, pp. 3-285). The synthesis may use manual techniques or be completely automated, employing, for example, an Applied BioSystems 431 A Peptide Synthesizer (Foster City, Calif.) or a Biosearch SAM H automatic peptide synthesizer (Biosearch, Inc., San Rafael, Calif.), following the instructions provided in the instruction manual and reagents supplied by the manufacturer. Disulphide bonds between Cys residues can be introduced by mild oxidation of the linear peptide by KCN as taught, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 4,757,048 at Col. 20.
In another embodiment, the chimeric polypeptide is produced using recombinant nucleic acid based methodologies. Accordingly, another aspect of the present invention provides an isolated, synthetic or recombinant polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence that encodes a chimeric polypeptide, wherein the polynucleotide comprises a first nucleotide sequence encoding at least one self-coalescing element (SCE) as broadly described above and fused in frame with a second nucleotide sequence encoding at least one polypeptide of interest. By "in frame" is meant that when the polynucleotide is transformed into a host cell, the cell can transcribe and translate the polynucleotide sequence into a single polypeptide comprising both the SCE amino acid sequence and the at least one polypeptide of interest. For example, nucleic acid molecules encoding chimeric polypeptides can be synthesised de novo using readily available machinery. Sequential synthesis of DNA is described, for example, in U.S. Patent No 4,293,652. Instead of de novo synthesis, recombinant techniques may be employed including use of restriction endonucleases to cleave different SCE-encoding polynucleotides and use of ligases to ligate together in the same reading frame a cleaved polynucleotides encoding a molecule of interest. Suitable recombinant techniques are described for example in the relevant sections of Ausubel, et al. (supra) and of Sambrook, et al, (supra). Suitably, the synthetic polynucleotide is constructed using splicing by overlapping extension (SOEing) as for example described by Horton et al. (1990, Biotechniques 8(5): 528-535; 1995, Mol Biotechnol. 3(2): 93-99; and 1997, Methods Mol Biol. 61: 141-149). However, it should be noted that the present invention is not dependent on, and not directed to, any one particular technique for constructing the synthetic construct.
It is contemplated that the nucleotide sequences can be joined directly; or that the nucleotide sequences can be separated by additional codons. For example, additional codons also may be included between the sequence encoding the SCE amino acid sequence and the sequence encoding the at least one polypeptide of interest to provide a linker amino acid sequence that serves to spatially separate the SCE amino acid sequence from the polypeptide of interest. Such linkers may facilitate the proper folding of the polypeptide of interest, to assure that it retains a desired biological activity even when the chimeric polypeptide as a whole has formed aggregates with other chimeric polypeptides containing the SCE amino acid sequence. In some embodiments, especially when the polypeptide of interest does not comprise charged amino acids at, or closely adjacent to, its amino terminus, the linkers suitably comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or more charged, typically basic, amino acid residues that prevent or reduce the capacity of an SCE amino acid sequence to be cleaved intracellularly from the chimeric polypeptide. Desirably, these charged amino acid residues are placed at, or closely adjacent to, the amino terminus of the polypeptide of .interest (e.g., within about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 amino acid residues of the amino terminus). Also, additional codons may be included simply as a result of cloning techniques, such as ligations and restriction endonuclease digestions, and strategic introduction of restriction endonuclease recognition sequences into the polynucleotide.
The encoding sequences of the polynucleotide may be in either order i.e., the SCE amino acid encodmg sequence may be upstream (5') or downstream (3') of the nucleotide sequence encoding the at least one polypeptide of interest, such that the SCE amino acid sequence of the resultant chimeric polypeptide is disposed at an amino-terminal or carboxyl-terminal position relative to the at least one polypeptide of interest. In a preferred embodiment, the nucleotide sequence encoding the SCE is disposed downstream (3') of the sequence encoding the at least one polypeptide of interest, hi an embodiment comprising sequences encoding two or more polypeptides of interest, the SCE-encoding sequence may be disposed between the two polypeptides of interest. To the extent that such sequences are not already inherent in the above-described recombinant polynucleotides, it will be understood that such polynucleotides suitably further comprise regulatory elements such as but not limited to a translation initiation codon fused in frame and upstream (5') of the encoding sequences, and a translation stop codon fused in frame and downstream (3') of the encodmg sequences. Such polynucleotides are useful for expression of a recombinant chimeric polypeptide in a suitable host cell. For example, a recombinant chimeric polypeptide according to the invention may be prepared by a procedure including the steps of (a) preparing a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence that encodes a chimeric polypeptide comprising a self-coalescing element fused with at least one polypeptide of interest, wherein the nucleotide sequence is operably linked to one or more regulatory elements; (b) introducing the recombinant polynucleotide into a suitable host cell; (c) culturing the host cell to express recombinant polypeptide from said recombinant polynucleotide; and (d) isolating the recombinant chimeric polypeptide from the cell or cell medium. Thus, also intended as part of the invention are vectors comprising the recombinant polynucleotides, and host cells comprising the polynucleotides or comprising the vectors. Vectors are useful for amplifying the polynucleotides in host cells. Preferred vectors include expression vectors, which contain appropriate regulatory elements to permit expression of the encoded chimeric protein in a host cell that has been transformed or transfect with the vectors. Expression vectors include, but are not limited to, self- replicating extra-chromosomal vectors such as plasmids, or vector that integrate into a host genome. The regulatory elements will generally be appropriate for the host cell used for expression. Numerous types of appropriate expression vectors and suitable regulatory sequences are known in the art for a variety of host cells. Typically, the regulatory elements include, but are not limited to, promoter sequences, leader or signal sequences, ribosomal binding sites, transcriptional initiation and termination sequences, translational initiation and termination sequences, and enhancer or activator sequences. Constitutive or inducible promoters as known in the art are contemplated by the invention. The promoters may be either naturally occurring promoters, or hybrid promoters that combine elements of more than one promoter.
In some embodiments, the expression vector contains a selectable marker gene to allow the selection of transformed or transfected host cells. Selection genes are well known in the art and will vary with the host cell used.
The expression vector may also include a fusion partner (typically provided by the expression vector) so that the recombinant polypeptide of the invention is expressed as a fusion polypeptide with said fusion partner. The main advantage of fusion partners is that they assist identification and/or purification of said fusion polypeptide. In order to express said fusion polypeptide, it is necessary to ligate a polynucleotide according to the invention into the expression vector so that the translational reading frames of the fusion partner and the polynucleotide coincide. Well known examples of fusion partners include, but are not limited to, glutathione-S-transferase (GST), Fc potion of human IgG, maltose binding protein (MBP) and hexahistidine (HIS6), which are particularly useful for isolation of the fusion polypeptide by affinity chromatography. For the purposes of fusion polypeptide purification by affinity chromatography, relevant matrices for affinity chromatography are glutathione-, amylose-, and nickel- or cobalt-conjugated resins respectively. Many such matrices are available in "kit" form, such as the QIAexpress™ system (Qiagen) useful with (HIS6) fusion partners and the Pharmacia GST purification system. In a preferred embodiment, the recombinant polynucleotide is expressed in the commercial vector pFLAG as described more fully hereinafter. Another fusion partner well known in the art is green fluorescent protein (GFP). This fusion partner serves as a fluorescent "tag" which allows the fusion polypeptide of the invention to be identified by fluorescence microscopy or by flow cytometry. The GFP tag is useful when assessing subcellular localisation of the fusion polypeptide of the invention, or for isolating cells which express the fusion polypeptide of the invention. Flow cytometric methods such as fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) are particularly useful in this latter application. Preferably, the fusion partners also have protease cleavage sites, such as for Factor Xa or Thrombin, which allow the relevant protease to partially digest the fusion polypeptide of the invention and thereby liberate the recombinant polypeptide of the invention therefrom. The liberated polypeptide can then be isolated from the fusion partner by subsequent chromatographic separation. Fusion partners according to the invention also include within their scope "epitope tags", which are usually short peptide sequences for which a specific antibody is available. Well known examples of epitope tags for which specific monoclonal antibodies are readily available include c-Myc, influenza virus, haemagglutinin and FLAG tags.
In another embodiment, the polynucleotide includes 5' and 3' flanking regions that have substantial sequence homology with a region in the organism's genome, which can facilitate the introduction of the polynucleotide into the genome by homologous recombination. The recombinant polynucleotide may be introduced into the host cell by any suitable method including transfection and transformation, the choice of which will be dependent on the host cell employed. Thus, another aspect of the present invention provides a host cell transformed or transfected with a recombinant polynucleotide encoding a chimeric polypeptide according to the invention. Such host cells are capable of producing a chimeric polypeptide of the invention, which can aggregate with other like chimeric polypeptides in vitro or in vivo, under conditions favourable to aggregation, to form higher order homo-aggregates. In an alternate embodiment, the invention contemplates a host cell transformed or transfected with at least two recombinant polynucleotides encoding chimeric polypeptides according to the invention, wherein the at least two polynucleotides encode compatible SCE amino acid sequences and distinct polypeptides of interest. Such host cells are capable of producing at least two chimeric polypeptides of the invention, which can aggregate with each other in vitro or in vivo, under conditions favourable to aggregation, to form higher ordered aggregates. Such hetero-aggregates can be used advantageously for example to provide a plurality of antigens for immunopotentiating a host against a disease or condition or to provide a plurality of enzymic activities for the catalysis of a multi-step chemical reaction. By "compatible" SCE amino acid sequences is meant SCE amino acid sequence that are either identical or sufficiently similar to permit co-aggregation with each other into higher order aggregates. Desirably, the two or more polypeptides of interest retain their native biological activity (e.g., antigenic activity, binding activity; enzymatic activity) in the higher order aggregate. Suitable host cells for expression may be prokaryotic or eukaryotic. The host cell may be from the same kingdom (prokaryotic, animal, plant, fungi, protista, etc.) as the organism from which the SCE amino acid sequence of the polynucleotide was derived, or from a different kingdom. In a preferred embodiment, the host cell is from the same species as the organism from which the SCE amino acid sequence of the polynucleotide was derived. One preferred host cell for expression of a polypeptide according to the invention is a bacterium. The bacterium used may be Escherichia coli. Alternatively, the host cell may be an insect cell such as, for example, SF9 cells that may be utilised with a baculovirus expression system.
In yet another aspect, the invention contemplates a cell culture comprising host cells as broadly described above, wherein the cells express the chimeric polypeptide encoded by the polynucleotide as broadly described above, and wherein the cell culture includes cells wherein the chimeric polypeptide is present in the form of a higher order aggregate.
Recombinant chimeric polypeptides may be conveniently prepared by a person skilled in the art using standard protocols as for example described in Sambrook, et al, 1989, in particular Sections 16 and 17; Ausubel et al, (1994-1998), in particular Chapters 10 and 16; and Coligan et al, (1995-1997), in particular Chapters 1, 5 and 6. For example, such polypeptides may be prepared by culturing a host cell containing a recombinant polynucleotide as broadly described above. Thus, in another aspect, the invention contemplates a method for producing chimeric polypeptide as defined herein, comprising transforming or transfecting a cell with at least one recombinant polynucleotide of the invention; and growing the cell under conditions which result in expression of at least one chimeric polypeptide. In a preferred embodiment, the method further includes the step of isolating the chimeric polypeptide from the cell or from the growth medium of the cell.
The present invention also contemplates recombinant or synthetic chimeric polypeptides with or without associated native-protein glycosylation. Expression of recombinant polynucleotides as broadly described above in bacteria such as E. coli provides non-glycosylated molecules.
Functional mutant variant chimeric polypeptides having inactivated N-glycosylation sites can be produced by oligonucleotide synthesis and ligation or by site-specific mutagenesis techniques.
These variant polypeptides can be produced in a homogeneous, reduced carbohydrate form in good yield using yeast expression systems. N-glycosylation sites in eukaryotic proteins are characterised by the amino acid triplet Asn-A Z, where Ai is any amino acid except Pro, and Z is Ser or Thr. In this sequence, asparagine (Asn) provides a side chain amino group for covalent attachment of carbohydrate. Such a site can be eliminated by substituting another amino acid for Asn or for residue Z, deleting Asn or Z, or inserting a non-Z amino acid between Ai and Z, or an amino acid other than Asn between Asn and Ai .
Recombinant chimeric polypeptides may also be prepared using genetically modified, typically non-human, animals. Accordingly, the present invention is directed towards genetically modified animals that express polynucleotides encoding the chimeric molecules of the invention. The genetic modification is generally in the form of a transgene and thus the genetically modified animal of the present invention is a transgenic animal that comprises at least one transgene in its cells, which includes a polynucleotide that encodes at least one chimeric molecule as broadly described above and that is operably linked to a regulatory element, which generally includes a transcriptional confrol element. The transgene is suitably contained within somatic cells of the animal, although it may also be contained within its germ cells. Usually, the transgenic animal is a mammal, which is suitably selected from the order Rodentia. In some embodiments, the fransgenic mammal is a mouse, although rats are also of particular utility. However, it will be understood that the present invention is not restricted to these species. For example, the transgenic animal may be a goat, cow, sheep, dog, guinea pig or chicken.
The genetically modified animals of the present invention may be prepared by any number of means. In one method, a nucleic acid targeting construct or vector is prepared comprising two regions flanking the transgene wherein the regions are sufficiently homologous with portions of the genome of an animal to undergo homologous recombination with those portions. Alternatively, constructs for random integration need not include regions of homology to mediate recombination. Conveniently, markers for positive and negative selection are included in the constructs to permit selection of recombinant host cells. The targeting DNA construct is generally introduced into an embryonic stem (ES) cell or ES cell line. Methods for generating cells having gene modifications through homologous recombination are known in the art.
4. Production of higher order aggregates
The invention also encompasses a method of producing a higher order aggregate. The method comprises providing a chimeric molecule comprising at least one SCE as herein defined, which is fused, linked or otherwise associated with a molecule of interest having a particular activity. The at least one SCE of the chimeric molecule is capable of coalescing with the SCEs of other chimeric molecules under conditions favourable to aggregation, whereby aggregation of the chimeric molecules results to form a higher order aggregate (i.e., homo-aggregate) with enhanced activity relative to the non-aggregated molecule of interest. In a preferred embodiment, the molecules of interest is a polypeptide and a higher-order homo-aggregate comprising the polypeptide is produced by expression of the chimeric molecules in a host cell under conditions favourable to aggregation.
In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of producing a higher order aggregate comprising two or more distinct activities. The method comprises providing at least two chimeric molecules, wherein an individual chimeric molecule comprises at least one SCE as herein defined, which is compatible with the SCE(s) of the other chimeric molecule(s), and which is fused, linked or otherwise associated with a molecule of interest having an activity distinct from the activity of other molecule(s) of interest corresponding to the other chimeric molecule(s). The SCEs of the first and second chimeric molecules will coalesce with each other under conditions favourable to aggregation so as to facilitate assembly of the chimeric molecules into higher order aggregates (i.e., hetero-aggregate) comprising the aforementioned distinct activities, hi an especially preferred embodiment, the molecules of interest are polypeptides and a hetero-aggregate comprising these polypeptides is produced by co-expression of the at least two chimeric molecules in a host cell under conditions favourable to aggregation.
Advantageously, the above methods further include the step of isolating the higher order aggregate from the cell or from the growth medium of the cell.
In one embodiment, each chimeric protein comprising an SCE and a polypeptide of interest is produced in a separate and distinct host cell system and recovered (purified and isolated).
The proteins are either recovered in soluble form or are solubilised. (Complete purification is desirable but not essential for subsequent aggregation.) Thereafter, a desired mixture of the two or more polypeptides is created and subjected to conditions that permit aggregation or polymerisation.
Such conditions include physiological conditions or may involve the induction of aggregation, e.g., by "seeding" with a protein aggregate, by concentrating the mixture to increase molarity of the proteins, or by altering salinity, acidity, or other factors. The desired mixture may be 1:1 or may be at a ratio weighted in favour of one chimeric protein (e.g., weighted in favour of a polypeptide that has a lower association constant with its binding or interacting partner than another polypeptide whose collective activities are required to achieve a biological outcome). The different chimeric proteins co-polymerise with the seed and with each other because they comprise compatible SCE domains, and most preferably identical SCE domains.
In another embodiment, at least two distinct host cell systems are co-cultured, and the chimeric proteins are secreted into the common culture medium. The proteins can be co-purified from the medium or can be subjected to conditions favourable to aggregation to form higher order aggregates without prior purification.
In still another embodiment, the transgenes for two or more recombinant chimeric polypeptides are co-transfected into the same host cell, either on a single polynucleotide construct or multiple constructs. Such a host cell produces both recombinant polypeptides, which will form higher order aggregate in vivo under conditions favourable to aggregation. Alternatively, both recombinant polypeptides can be recovered in soluble form and subjected to conditions favourable to aggregation in vitro to form higher order aggregates.
The biological activity of the homo- or hetero-aggregates of the present invention can be assayed using standard techniques known to persons of skill in the art. For example, antigenic aggregates may be tested for immunogenicity by immunising an animal with the aggregates and assessing whether immune cells of the animal primed to attack such antigens are increased in number, activity, and ability to detect and destroy those antigens. Strength of immune response is measured by standard tests including: direct measurement of peripheral blood lymphocytes by means known to the art; natural killer cell cytotoxicity assays (see, e.g., Provinciali M. et al (1992, J. Immunol. Meth. 155: 19-24), cell proliferation assays (see, e.g., Vollenweider, I. and Groseurth, P. J. (1992, J Immunol. Meth. 149: 133-135), immunoassays of immune cells and subsets (see, e.g., Loeffler, D. A., et al. (1992, Cytom. 13: 169-174); Rivoltini, L., et al (1992, Can. Immunol. Immunother. 34: 241-251); or skin tests for cell-mediated immunity (see, e.g., Chang, A. E. et al (1993, Cancer Res. 53: 1043-1050). Alternatively, cytokine aggregates can be tested for their ability to confer the activity of the cytokine, e.g., the ability of SCE-GM-CSF to stimulate the proliferation of granulocytes and macrophages in vivo. Such techniques are well known to the skilled practitioner. 5. Applications
The present invention also provides practical applications of the higher order aggregates of the invention. Suitably, the invention contemplates the use of higher order homo-aggregates in a range of applications, including therapeutic, prophylactic and chemical process applications. In one embodiment of this type, the homo-aggregate comprises a therapeutic polypeptide for treating or preventing a particular disease or condition. For example, the therapeutic polypeptide may be a cytokine such as granulocyte/macrophage colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF), which is a haematopoietic growth factor that stimulates the survival, proliferation, differentiation and function of myeloid cells and their precursors, particularly neufrophil and eosinophil granulocytes and monocytes/macrophages. GM-CSF is useful for treating a variety of haematopoietic conditions, including myelosuppressive disorders such as Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) and infectious diseases. It is also useful for treating cancers such as melanoma. Because higher order GM-CSF aggregates will have enhanced activity in accordance with the present invention (e.g., a higher potency and/or a prolonged circulating half-life), the frequency with which they must be used or administered is reduced, or the amount used or administered to achieve an effective dose is reduced. For example, a reduced quantity of aggregate would be necessary over the course of treatment than would otherwise be necessary if a non-aggregated form of GM-CSF were used alone for proliferation, differentiation and functional activation of hematopoietic progenitor cells, such as bone marrow cells. Other examples of therapeutically useful proteins which can be used to form homo-aggregates in accordance with the present invention are chemokine proteins, e.g., monocyte chemoattractant protein- 1 (MCP-1), which may also be used mter alia for cancer treatment.
In an alternate embodiment, the homo-aggregate comprises a polypeptide having enzymatic activity, especially an activity considered to be of catalytic value in a chemical process. Higher order aggregates comprising such polypeptides can be used as a catalytic matrix for carrying out the chemical process. Alternatively, the invention contemplates the use of higher order hetero-aggregates. In one embodiment of this type, the higher order hetero-aggregates comprise a plurality of antigens for modulating an immune response in an individual. Such multi-valent immunomodulating compositions may be administered alone or in combination with adjuvants that enhance the effectiveness of the compositions. In certain embodiments, the higher order aggregates will be particulate in nature and could be used advantageously to prime antigen presenting cells, especially dendritic cells, for high efficiency delivery of the antigens to both the MHC class I and/or MHC class II pathways of these cells. In this embodiment, the treated dendritic cells will elicit a strong immune response with very efficient generation of antigen-specific CTLs and T helper cells. Other antigen-presenting cells that could be primed with the aggregates of the invention include monocytes, macrophages, cells of myeloid lineage, B cells, dendritic cells or Langerhans cells. Methods for producing antigen-primed dendritic cells are described for example by Steinman et al. in U.S. Pat . No. 5,994,126.
In another embodiment, the higher order hetero-aggregates comprise a first chimeric polypeptide comprising interleukin-2 (IL-2) and a second chimeric polypeptide comprising Fas ligand. Such higher order aggregates could be useful in targeting certain leukemia or lymphoma cells, or recently activated T cells which bear both high affinity IL-2R and Fas. In another embodiment, ordered aggregates are created comprising two or more enzymes, such as a first enzyme that catalyses one step of a chemical process and a second enzyme that catalyses a downstream step involving a "metabolic" product from the first enzymatic reaction. Such aggregates will generally increase the speed and/or efficiency of the chemical process due to the proximity of the first reaction products and the second catalyst enzyme. From the foregoing, it will be apparent that the higher order aggregates can be used for the prevention or treatment of many conditions or deficiencies in patients by physicians and/or veterinarians. Accordingly, the invention contemplates in another aspect a pharmaceutical composition comprising a higher order aggregate of the invention, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and/or diluent. The amount of aggregates used in the treatment of various conditions will, of course, depend upon the severity of the condition being treated, the route of administration chosen, and the specific activity or purity of the higher order aggregate, and will be determined by the attending physician or veterinarian. Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration comprise the higher order aggregate in an effective amount and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Compositions of the present invention can be administered by a variety of routes, including, but not limited to, parenteral (e.g., injection, including but not limited to, intravenous, intraarterial, intramuscular, subcutaneous; inhalation, including but not limited to, intrabronchial, intranasal or oral inhalation, intranasal drops; topical) and non-parenteral (e.g., oral, including but not limited to, dietary; rectal). The carriers will be non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed.
The formulation used will vary according to the route of administration selected (e.g., solution, emulsion, capsule). For solutions or emulsions, suitable carriers include, for example, aqueous or alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media. Parenteral vehicles can include sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's or fixed oils. Intravenous vehicles can include various additives, preservatives, or fluid, nutrient or electrolyte replenishers. See, generally, Remington's Pharmaceutical Science, 16th Edition, Mack, Ed. (1980). For inhalation, the compound can be solubilised and loaded into a suitable dispenser for administration (e.g., an atomiser, nebuliser or pressurised aerosol dispenser). Fusion proteins can be administered individually, together or in combination with other drugs or agents (e.g., other chemotherapeutic agents, immune system enhancers). The present invention also contemplates immunopotentiating compositions comprising a higher order aggregate of the invention and optionally an adjuvant. Examples of adjuvants which may be effective include but are not limited to: aluminium hydroxide, N-acetyl-muramyl-L- threonyl-D-isoglutamine (thur-MDP), N-acetyl-nor-muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine (CGP 11637, referred to as nor-MDP), N-acetylmuramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutaminyl-L-alanine-2-( -2'- dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-hydroxyphosphoryloxy)-ethylamine (CGP 1983 A, referred to as MTP- PE), and REBI, which contains three components extracted from bacteria, monophosphoryl lipid A, trehalose dimycolate and cell wall skeleton (MPL+TDM+CWS) in a 2% squalene/Tween 80 emulsion. For example, the effectiveness of an adjuvant may be determined by measuring the amount of antibodies resulting from the administration of the composition, wherein those antibodies are directed against one or more antigens presented by the treated cells of the composition In addition, if desired, the immunopotentiating composition may contain minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents and/or pH buffering agents that enhance the effectiveness of the composition.
If desired, devices or compositions containing the immunopotentiating compositions suitable for sustained or intermittent release could be, in effect, implanted in the body or topically applied thereto for the relatively slow release of such materials into the body.
The immunopotentiating compositions are conventionally administered parenterally, by injection, for example, either subcutaneously or intramuscularly. Additional formulations which are suitable for other modes of administration include suppositories and, in some cases, oral formulations. For suppositories, traditional binders and carriers may include, for example, polyalkylene glycols or triglycerides; such suppositories may be formed from mixtures containing the active ingredient in the range of 0.5% to 10%, preferably l%-2%. Oral formulations include such normally employed excipients as, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium carbonate, and the like. These compositions take the form of solutions, suspensions, tablets, pills, capsules, sustained release formulations or powders and contain 10%- 95% of active ingredient, preferably 25%-70%>. Also encapsulated by the present invention is a method for treatment and/or prophylaxis of a disease or condition, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of a composition as broadly described above. The disease or condition may be caused by a pathogenic organism or a cancer as for example described above or it may be an autoimmune disease or allergy.
In some embodiments, the immunopotentiating composition of the invention is suitable for the treatment or prophylaxis of a cancer. Cancers which could be suitably treated in accordance with the practices of this invention include cancers of the lung, breast, ovary, cervix, colon, head and neck, pancreas, prostate, stomach, bladder, kidney, bone liver, oesophagus, brain, testicle, uterus, melanoma and the various leukemias and lymphomas.
In other embodiments, the immunopotentiating composition is suitable for treatment of, or prophylaxis against, a viral, bacterial or parasitic infection. Viral infections contemplated by the present invention include, but are not restricted to, infections caused by HIV, Hepatitis, Influenza, Japanese encephalitis virus, Epstein-Barr virus and respiratory syncytial virus. Bacterial infections include, but are not restricted to, those caused by Neisseria species, Meningococcal species, Haemophilus species Salmonella species, Streptococcal species, Legionella species and Mycobacterium species. Parasitic infections encompassed by the invention include, but are not restricted to, those caused by Plasmodium species, Schistosoma species, Leishmania species, Trypanosoma species, Toxoplasma species and Giardia species. The above compositions or vaccines may be administered in a manner compatible with the dosage formulation, and in such amount as is therapeutically effective to alleviate patients from the disease or condition or as is prophylactically effective to prevent incidence of the disease or condition in the patient. The dose administered to a patient, in the context of the present invention, should be sufficient to effect a beneficial response in a patient over time such as a reduction or cessation of blood loss. The quantity of the composition or vaccine to be administered may depend on the subject to be treated inclusive of the age, sex, weight and general health condition thereof. In this regard, precise amounts of the composition or vaccine for administration will depend on the judgement of the practitioner, hi determining the effective amount of the composition or vaccine to be administered in the freatment of a disease or condition, the physician may evaluate the progression of the disease or condition over time. In any event, those of skill in the art may readily determine suitable dosages of the composition or vaccine of the invention.
In order that the invention may be readily understood and put into practical effect, particular preferred embodiments will now be described by way of the following non-limiting examples. EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE 1
Portable OmpA signal peptide construct
Molecules of interest including bioactive polypeptides can be assembled into higher order aggregates by covalent attachment of a portable construct comprising a signal peptide and a flexible linker to the amino-terminus or the carboxy-terminus of the individual bioactive polypeptides. In this example, the signal peptide linker comprises the sequence: MKKTA 1AIAVALAGFATVAQAGGGGSGGGGSGGGGS*** [SEQ ED NO: 133] or the sequence ***GSSGSGGGGSGGGGSTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQATKK [SEQ ID NO: 134]. The first 21 amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO: 133 and the last 21 amino acid residues of SEQ ED NO: 134 are derived from the OmpA signal peptide. The remaining amino acid residues of these sequences represent shortened versions of a flexible hydrophilic linker that is routinely used, for example, in single-chain antibody production. Other flexible hydrophilic linkers have been reported and could be used in their place. The symbols *** symbolise the reactive group (e.g., a-halocarboxylic acid or ester such as iodoacetamide, an imide such as maleimide, a vinyl sulphone, or a disulphide) required for conjugation of the peptide linker to the bioactive polypeptides.
EXAMPLE 2
Assembly of recombinant or synthetic SCE-chimeric constructs
For illustration puφoses, a recombinant or synthetic chimeric construct is assembled by linking together in the same reading frame a first nucleotide sequence encoding an SCE, a second nucleotide sequence encoding a peptide or polypeptide of interest and a third nucleotide sequence encoding a tag peptide, which facilitates purification of the construct. Optionally interposed between the first and second nucleotide sequences and the second and third nucleotide sequences are spacer-encoding oligonucleotides, which, when translated, space the polypeptide of interest from the SCE so that the SCE sequence does not interfere substantially with proper folding of the polypeptide of interest. The SCE may be linked to either the N-terminus or the C-terminus of a polypeptide of interest. The constructs encode fusion proteins, which are summarised by the following general formulae:
, , , . , . (χιr); and
1.| N-SCE I— I Spacer 1 Polypeptide of mterest — Spacer 2 Tag
2-1 Tag Spacer 2 1—| Polypeptide of interest H Spacer 3 |— | SCE-C (xm), wherein: the N-SCE is MKKTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQA [SEQ ED NO: 136]; the SCE-C is TAIAIAVALAGFATVAQATKK [SEQ ID NO: 138]; the polypeptide of interest is selected from murine or human GM-CSF [SEQ ID NO: 140 and 142, respectively], murine or human EFN-β [SEQ ID NO: 144 and 146, respectively], murine or human EL-lRa [SEQ JD NO:148 and 150, respectively], murine or human IL-2 [SEQ ID NO:152 and 154, respectively], murine or human Fas ligand [SEQ ED NO: 156 and 158, respectively], or HEL [SEQ ID NO: 160], murine or human MCP-1 [SEQ ID NO:208 and 210, respectively]; the tag is selected from Flag (DYKDDDDK [SEQ ID NO: 162]), His (TiHHHHH [SEQ ID NO: 164]) or Strep (AWRHPQFGG [SEQ ID NO: 166]);
Spacer 1 is optional, and when present, is GS(GGGGS)nGSS [SEQ ID NO: 167], wherein n = 0-10; Spacer 2 is optional, and when present, is GSS [SEQ ID NO: 168]; and
Spacer 3 is optional, and when present, is GSSGS(GGGGS)n [SEQ ID NO: 169], wherein n = 0-10.
For recombinant expression, nucleic acid constructs that encode the chimeric molecules of the invention are designed with appropriate translation initiation (e.g., ATG) and termination (e.g., TAA) signals if such signals are not already provided by the terminal elements of the constructs.
These constructs can be inserted into appropriate expression vectors (e.g., a ρET-28a(+) vector, which is commercially available from Novagen) for recombinant expression of the construct.
EXAMPLE S
Self-coalescing murine GM-CSF construct A self-coalescing murine GM-CSF is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
^TGAAAAAGACAGCTATCGCGATTGCAGTGGCACTGGCTGGTTTCGCTACCq
ITAGCGCAGGCCIGGATCCGGTGGTGGTGGATCCGGCTCGAGTTGGCTGCAGAATTTACT
TTTCCTGGGCATTGTGGTCTACAGCCTCTCAGCACCCACCCGCTCACCCATCACTGTCA CCCGGCCTTGGAAGCATGTAGAGGCCATCAAAGAAGCCCTGAACCTCCTGGATGACAT GCCTGTCACATTGAATGAAGAGGTAGAAGTCGTCTCTAACGAGTTCTCCTTCAAGAAG CTAACATGTGTGCAGACCCGCCTGAAGATATTCGAGCAGGGTCTACGGGGCAATTTCA CCAAACTCAAGGGCGCCTTGAACATGACAGCCAGCTACTACCAGACATACTGCCCCCC AACTCCGGAAACGGACTGTGAAACACAAGTTACCACCTATGCGGATTTCATAGACAGC CTTAAAACCTTTCTGACTGATATCCCCTTTGAATGCAAAAAACCAGTCCAAAAAG-GCI QQM&GACTACAAGGACGATGACGACAAGTAAτAA [SEQ ED NO: 185] wherein the boxed nucleotides encode N-SCE, the underlined nucleotides encode spacer
1, where n = 1, the nucleotides in normal type face encode murine GM-CSF, the double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2, the italicised nucleotides encode the FLAG tag to facilitate purification and the nucleotides in bold type face are a tandem pair of translation termination codons. Expression of the above construct, e.g., in E. coli, will produce a polypeptide with the following sequence:
Mia TAIAIAVALAGFATVAQAGSGGGGSGSSWLQNLLFLGIVVYSLSAPTRSPIT VT- WKHVE-AffiΕALNLLDDMPVTLNEEVE KLKGALNMTASYYQTYCPPTPETDCETQVTTYADFIDSLKTFLTDIPFECKKPVQKGSSDY KDDDDK [SEQ BD NO: 186]
EXAMPLE 4
Self-coalescing human GM-CSF construct
A self-coalescing human GM-CSF is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
ATGGACTACAAGGACGATGACGACAAGGGCTCGAGTTGGCTGCAGAGCCTGCI GCTCTTGGGCACTGTGGCCTGCAGCATCTCTGCACCCGCCCGCTCGCCCAGCCCCAGC ACGCAGCCCTGGGAGCATGTGAATGCCATCCAGGAGGCCCGGCGTCTCCTGAACCTGA GTAGAGACACTGCTGCTGAGATGAATGAAACAGTAGAAGTCATCTCAGAAATGTTTGA CCTCCAGGAGCCGACCTGCCTACAGACCCGCCTGGAGCTGTACAAGCAGGGCCTGCGG GGCAGCCTCACCAAGCTCAAGGGCCCCTTGACCATGATGGCCAGCCACTACAAGCAGC ACTGCCCTCCAACCCCGGAAACTTCCTGTGCAACCCAGATTATCACCTTTGAAAGTTTC AAAGAGAACCTGAAGGACTTTCTGCTTGTCATCCCCTTTGACTGCTGGGAGCCAGTCC
AGGAGGGCTCGAGTGGATCCGGTGGTGGTGGTAGCGGTGGTGGTGGATCOACCGCTA ΓΓCGCGATTGCAGTGGCACTGGCTGGTTTCGCTACCGTAGCGCAGGCCACAAAGAAATA
|ATAA| [SEQ ID NO: 187] wherein the nucleotides in bold type face are a translation initiation codon, the italicised nucleotides encode the Flag tag to facilitate purification, the double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2, the nucleotides in normal type face encode human GM-CSF, the underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 3, where n = 2 and the boxed nucleotides encode SCE-C.
Expression of the above construct, e.g., in E. coli, will produce a polypeptide with the following sequence:
_VROY]03DDDKGSSWLQSLLLLGTVACSISAPARSPSPSTQPWEHVNAIQEARRLL NLS- T_ AEMNETVEVISEMFDLQEPTCLQT-^ELYKQGLRGSLTJ- KGPLTM]V S-TYKQ HCPPTPETSCATQΠTFESFKENLKDFLLVIPFDCWEPVQEGSSGSGGGGSGGGGSTAIAIAV ALAGFATVAQATK [SEQ JD NO: 188]
EXAMPLE 5
Self-coalescing murine IFN-β construct
A self-coalescing murine EFN-β is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence: ATGCA TCA TCAT A TCA TCA 7TTGCTCGAGTAACAACAGGTGGATCCTCCACGCT GCGTTCCTGCTGTGCTTCTCCACCACAGCCCTCTCCATCAACTATAAGCAGCTCCAGCT CCAAGAAAGGACGAACATTCGGAAATGTCAGGAGCTCCTGGAGCAGCTGAATGGAAA GATCAACCTCACCTACAGGGCGGACTTCAAGATCCCTATGGAGATGACGGAGAAGAT GCAGAAGAGTTACACTGCCTTTGCCATCCAAGAGATGCTCCAGAATGTCTTTCTTGTCT TCAGAAACAATTTCTCCAGCACTGGGTGGAATGAGACTATTGTTGTACGTCTCCTGGA TGAACTCCACCAGCAGACAGTGTTTCTGAAGACAGTACTAGAGGAAAAGCAAGAGGA AAGATTGACGTGGGAGATGTCCTCAACTGCTCTCCACTTGAAGAGCTATTACTGGAGG GTGCAAAGGTACCTTAAACTCATGAAGTACAACAGCTACGCCTGGATGGTGGTCCGAG CAGAGATCTTCAGGAACTTTCTCATCATTCGAAGACTTACCAGAAACTTCCAAAACGG CTCGAGTGGATCCGGTGGTGGTGGTAGCGGTGGTGGTGGTAGCGGTGGTGGTGGTAGC
GGTGGTGGTGGTAGCGGTGGTGGTGGATCCACCGCTATCGCGATTGCAGTGGCACTGGl lCTGGTTTCGCTACCGTAGCGCAGGCCACAAAGAAATAATAAi [SEQ ID NO: 189] wherem the nucleotides in bold type face are a translation initiation codon, the italicised nucleotides encode the His tag to facilitate purification, the double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2, the nucleotides in normal type face encode murine IFN-β, the underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 3, where n = 5 and the boxed nucleotides encode SCE-C.
Expression of the above construct, e.g., in E. coli, will produce a polypeptide with the following sequence: MHHHHHHGSSNNRWILHAAFLLCFSTTALS-N-^QLQLQERTNIRKCQELLEQLN
Glϋ TYRADFKffMEMTEmQKSYTAFAIQEMLQNW^
ELHQQT LKTVLEEKQEEI^TWEMSSTALHLKSYYWRVQRYLKLMKYNSYAWMVVR -\E-ER-^LπR-^TRNFQNGSSGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSTAIAIAVALAGF ATVAQATKK [SEQ ID NO: 190] EXAMPLE 6
Self-coalescins human IFN-β construct
A self-coalescing human IFN-β is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
ATGAAAAAGACAGCTATCGCGATTGCAGTGGCACTGGCTGGTTTCGCTACCG riAGCGCAGGCClGGATCCGGTGGTGGTGGTAGCGGTGGTGGTGGATCCGGCTCGAGTA
CCAACAAGTGTCTCCTCCAAATTGCTCTCCTGTTGTGCTTCTCCACTACAGCTCTTTCCA TGAGCTACAACTTGCTTGGATTCCTACAAAGAAGCAGCAATTTTCAGTGTCAGAAGCT CCTGTGGCAATTGAATGGGAGGCTTGAATATTGCCTCAAGGACAGGATGAACTTTGAC ATCCCTGAGGAGATTAAGCAGCTGCAGCAGTTCCAGAAGGAGGACGCCGCATTGACC ATCTATGAGATGCTCCAGAACATCTTTGCTATTTTCAGACAAGATTCATCTAGCACTGG CTGGAATGAGACTATTGTTGAGAACCTCCTGGCTAATGTCTATCATCAGATAAACCAT CTGAAGACAGTCCTGGAAGAAAAACTGGAGAAAGAAGATTTTACCAGGGGAAAACTC ATGAGCAGTCTGCACCTGAAAAGATATTATGGGAGGATTCTGCATTACCTGAAGGCCA AGGAGTACAGTCACTGTGCCTGGACCATAGTCAGAGTGGAAATCCTAAGGAACTTTTA CTTCATTAACAGACTTACAGGTTACCTCCGAAACGGCTCGAGTGCrrσGCG-rC CCCσC AGTTCGGTGGTTAATAA [SEQ ID NO: 191] wherein the boxed nucleotides encode N-SCE, the underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 1, where n = 2, the nucleotides in normal type face encode human EFN-β, the double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2, the italicised nucleotides encode the Strep tag to facilitate purification and the nucleotides in bold type face are a tandem pair of translation termination codons. Expression of the above construct, e.g., in E. coli, will produce a polypeptide with the following sequence:
M-XTA-A-AVALAGFATVAQAGSGGGGSGGGGSGSSTN-CCLLQIALLLCFSTTAL SMSYNLLGFLQRSSNFQCQKLLWQLNGRLEYCLi R-V-NFD-PEEIKQLQQFQKEDAALTI YEMLQNlFA-ERQDSSSTGWNET-VENLL- NVYHQ--NHLKTVLEE]^E]^DFTRG]π-MSSL HLKRYYGR-XHYL- tf EYSHCAWTlVRVE-L- ^^ [SEQ ID NO: 192]
EXAMPLE 7
Self-coalescing murine IL-lRa construct
A self-coalescing murine IL-lRa is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
^TGAAAAAGACAGCTATCGCGATTGCAGTGGCACTGGCTGGTTTCGCTACC frAGCGCAGGCClGGATCCGGTGGTGGTGGTAGCGGTGGTGGTGGTAGCGGTGGTGGTG
GTAGCGGTGGTGGTGGTAGCGGTGGTGGTGGATCCGGCTCGAGTGAAATCTGCTGGGG ACCCTACAGTCACCTAATCTCTCTCCTTCTCATCCTTCTGTTTCATTCAGAGGCAGCCTG CCGCCCTTCTGGGAAAAGACCCTGCAAGATGCAAGCCTTCAGAATCTGGGATACTAAC CAGAAGACCTTTTACCTGAGAAACAACCAGCTCATTGCTGGGTACTTACAAGGACCAA ATATCAAACTAGAAGAAAAGATAGACATGGTGCCTATTGACCTTCATAGTGTGTTCTT GGGCATCCACGGGGGCAAGCTGTGCCTGTCTTGTGCCAAGTCTGGAGATGATATCAAG CTCCAGCTGGAGGAAGTTAACATCACTGATCTGAGCAAGAACAAAGAAGAAGACAAG CGCTTTACCTTCATCCGCTCTGAGAAAGGCCCCACCACCAGCTTTGAGTCAGCTGCCTG TCCAGGATGGTTCCTCTGCACAACACTAGAGGCTGACCGTCCTGTGAGCCTCACCAAC ACACCGΓTA AΓTAGCCCCTTATAGTCACGA ACTTTCTACTTCCAGGAACTACCAAGGCTCGA (JIGACTACAAGGACGATGACGACAAGTAATAA [SEQ ID NO: 193] wherein the boxed nucleotides encode N-SCE, the underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 1, where n = 5, the nucleotides in normal type face encode murine IL-lRa, the double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2, the italicised nucleotides encode the Flag tag to facilitate purification and the nucleotides in bold type face are a tandem pair of translation termination codons.
Expression of the above construct, e.g., in E. coli, will produce a polypeptide with the following sequence: MKKTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQAGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGSSEIC
WGPYSHLISLLL-LLFHSEAACl^SG-πiPC-i-MQAF-yWDTNQKTFYLRNNQLIAGYLQGPN -KLEEKroMVProLHSVFLGffiGGKLCLSCAKSGDDIKLQLEEVNITDLSKNKEEDiaRFTF-R SEKGPTTSFESAACPGWFLCTTLEADRPVSLTNTPEEPL-VTKFYFQEDQGSSDYKDDDDK [SEQ ID NO: 194] EXAMPLE 8
Self-coalescing human IL-lRa construct
A self-coalescing human EL-lRa is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
ATGCATCATCATCATCATCATGGCTCGAGTGAAATCTGCAGAGGCCTCCGCAGT CACCTAATCACTCTCCTCCTCTTCCTGTTCCATTCAGAGACGATCTGCCGACCCTCTGG GAGAAAATCCAGCAAGATGCAAGCCTTCAGAATCTGGGATGTTAACCAGAAGACCTT CTATCTGAGGAACAACCAACTAGTTGCTGGATACTTGCAAGGACCAAATGTCAATTTA GAAGAAAAGATAGATGTGGTACCCATTGAGCCTCATGCTCTGTTCTTGGGAATCCATG GAGGGAAGATGTGCCTGTCCTGTGTCAAGTCTGGTGATGAGACCAGACTCCAGCTGGA GGCAGTTAACATCACTGACCTGAGCGAGAACAGAAAGCAGGACAAGCGCTTCGCCTT CATCCGCTCAGACAGCGGCCCCACCACCAGTTTTGAGTCTGCCGCCTGCCCCGGTTGG TTCCTCTGCACAGCGATGGAAGCTGACCAGCCCGTCAGCCTCACCAATATGCCTGACG
AAGGCGTCATGGTCACCAAATTCTACTTCCAGGAGGACGAGGGCTCGAGTGGATCdACI
CGCTATCGCGATTGCAGTGGCACTGGCTGGTTTCGCTACCGTAGCGCAGGCCACAAAG [AAATAATAAl [SEQ ID NO: 195] wherein the nucleotides in bold type face are a translation initiation codon, the italicised nucleotides encode the His tag to facilitate purification, the double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2, the nucleotides in normal type face encode human ILl-Ra, the underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 3, where n = 0 and the boxed nucleotides encode SCE-C. Expression of the above construct, e.g., in E. coli, will produce a polypeptide with the following sequence:
M1IHHHHHGSSEICRGLRSHLITLLLFLFHSETICRPSGR SSKMQAFRIWDVNQKT FYLl^WQLVAGYLQGPNVNLEEKroVWffiP-aALFLG GG-D^CLSCVKSGDETRLQLEA VN-TDLSENRKQDiaiFAF-RSDSGPTTSFESAACPGWFLCTAMEADQPVSLTNMPDEGVM VTΕ-FYFQEDEGSSGST- IAIAVALAGFATVAQATKK [SEQ ED NO:196] EXAMPLE 9
Self-coalescing murine IL-2 construct
A self-coalescing murine IL-2 is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence: ATGGCTTGGCGTCACCCGCAGTTCGGTGGTGGCTCGAGTTACAGCATGCAGCT
CGCATCCTGTGTCACATTGACACTTGTGCTCCTTGTCAACAGCGCACCCACTTCAAGCT CCACTTCAAGCTCTACAGCGGAAGCACAGCAGCAGCAGCAGCAGCAGCAGCAGCAGC AGCAGCACCTGGAGCAGCTGTTGATGGACCTACAGGAGCTCCTGAGCAGGATGGAGA ATTACAGGAACCTGAAACTCCCCAGGATGCTCACCTTCAAATTTTACTTGCCCAAGCA GGCCACAGAATTGAAAGATCTTCAGTGCCTAGAAGATGAACTTGGACCTCTGCGGCAT GTTCTGGATTTGACTCAAAGCAAAAGCTTTCAATTGGAAGATGCTGAGAATTTCATCA GCAATATCAGAGTAACTGTTGTAAAACTAAAGGGCTCTGACAACACATTTGAGTGCCA ATTCGATGATGAGTCAGCAACTGTGGTGGACTTTCTGAGGAGATGGATAGCCTTCTGT CAAAGCATCATCTCAACAAGCCCTCAAGGCTCGAGTGGATCCGGTGGTGGTGGATCCg CCGCTATCGCGATTGCAGTGGCACTGGCTGGTTTCGCTACCGTAGCGCAGGCCACAAA
IGAAATAATAAI [SEQ ID NO: 197] wherein the nucleotides in bold type face "are a translation initiation codon, the italicised nucleotides encode the Strep tag to facilitate purification, the double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2, the nucleotides in normal type face encode murine EL-2, the underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 3, where n = 1 and the boxed nucleotides encode SCE-C.
Expression of the above construct, e.g., in E. coli, will produce a polypeptide with the following sequence:
MAWRHPQFGGGSSYSMQLASCVTLTLVLLVNSAPTSSSTSSSTAEAQQQQQQQQ QQQQ---LEQLLMDLQELLSRMENYRNL-aPRMLTFl^YLPKQATEL-π)LQCL HVLDLTQSKSFQLEDAENFISN-RVTVVKLKGSDNTFECQFDDESATVVDFLRRWIAFCQSI ISTSPQGSSGSGGGGSTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQATKK [SEQ ID NO: 198]
EXAMPLE 10
Self-coalescins human IL-2 construct
A self-coalescing human IL-2 is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
ATGAAAAAGACAGCTATCGCGATTGCAGTGGCACTGGCTGGTTTCGCTACCq fTAGCGCAGGCClGGATCCGGCTCGAGTCCTACTTCAAGTTCTACAAAGAAAACACAGCT
ACAACTGGAGCATTTACTGCTGGATTTACAGATGATTTTGAATGGAATTAATAATTAC AAGAATCCCAAACTCACCAGGATGCTCACATTTAAGTTTTACATGCCCAAGAAGGCCA CAGAACTGAAACATCTTCAGTGTCTAGAAGAAGAACTCAAACCTCTGAAGGAAGTGCT AAATTTAGCTCAAAGCAAAAACTTTCACTTAAGACCCAGGGACTTAATCAGCAATATC AACGTAATAGTTCTGGAACTAAAGGGATCTGAAACAACATTCATGTGTGAATATGCTG ATGAGACAGCAACCATTGTAGAATTTCTGAACAGATGGATTACCTTTTCTCAAAGCAT CATCTCAACACTGACTGGCTCGAGTG'-JCr-^C-^GG-^CG-^rG-^CG^C^GTAATAA [SEQ ID NO 199] wherein the boxed nucleotides encode N-SCE, the underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 1, where n = 0, the nucleotides in normal type face encode human IL-2, the double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2, the italicised nucleotides encode the Flag tag to facilitate purification and the nucleotides in bold type face are a tandem pair of translation termination codons. Expression of the above construct, e.g., in E. coli, will produce a polypeptide with the following sequence:
Ml^T-AXA-AVALAGFATVAQAGSGSSPTSSSTKKTQLQLEHLLLDLQMILNGINN YKNPKLTRMLTF-π^YMPH- ATEL-πiLQCLEEELl^LKEVLNLAQSK-NFH^ -VLELKGSETTFMCEYADETATJVEFLNRWITFSQSHSTLTGSSDYKDDDDK [SEQ ED NO:200]]
EXAMPLE 11
Self-coalescins murine Fas-L construct
A self-coalescing murine Fas-ligand is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence: ATGAAAAAGACAGCTATCGCGATTGCAGTGGCACTGGCTGGTTTCGCTACCq rTAGCGCAGGCClGGATCCGGTGGTGGTGGATCCGGCTCGAGTCAGCAGCCCATGAATTA
CCCATGTCCCCAGATCTTCTGGGTAGACAGCAGTGCCACTTCATCTTGGGCTCCTCCAG
GGTCAGTTTTTCCCTGTCCATCTTGTGGGCCTAGAGGGCCGGACCAAAGGAGACCGCC
ACCTCCACCACCACCTGTGTCACCACTACCACCGCCATCACAACCACTCCCACTGCCG CCACTGACCCCTCTAAAGAAGAAGGACCACAACACAAATCTGTGGCTACCGGTGGTAT TTTTCATGGTTCTGGTGGCTCTGGTTGGAATGGGATTAGGAATGTATCAGCTCTTCCAC CTGCAGAAGGAACTGGCAGAACTCCGTGAGTTCACCAACCAAAGCCTTAAAGTATCAT CTTTTGAAAAGCAAATAGCCAACCCCAGTACACCCTCTGAAAAAAAAGAGCCGAGGA GTGTGGCCCATTTAACAGGGAACCCCCACTCAAGGTCCATCCCTCTGGAATGGGAAGA CACATATGGAACCGCTCTGATCTCTGGAGTGAAGTATAAGAAAGGTGGCCTTGTGATC AACGAAACTGGGTTGTACTTCGTGTATTCCAAAGTATACTTCCGGGGTCAGTCTTGCA ACAACCAGCCCCTAAACCACAAGGTCTATATGAGGAACTCTAAGTATCCTGAGGATCT GGTGCTAATGGAGGAGAAGAGGTTGAACTACTGCACTACTGGACAGATATGGGCCCA CAGCAGCTACCTGGGGGCAGTATTCAATCTTACCAGTGCTGACCATTTATATGTCAAC ATATCTCAACTCTCTCTGATCAATTTTGAGGAATCTAAGACCTTTTTCGGCTTGTATAA GCTTGGCTCGAGTCATCATCATCATCATCATTAATAA [SEQ ID NO:201] wherein the boxed nucleotides encode N-SCE, the underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 1, where n = 1, the nucleotides in normal type face encode murine Fas-L, the double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2, the italicised nucleotides encode the His tag to facilitate purification and the nucleotides in bold type face are a tandem pair of translation termination codons. Expression of the above construct, e.g., in E. coli, will produce a polypeptide with the following sequence:
M-^TA-AIAVALAGFATVAQAGSGGGGSGSSQQPMNYPCPQ-FWVDSSATSSWA PPGSWPCPSCGPRGPDQRRPPPPPPPVSPLPPPSQPLPLPPLTPLKK-IODE-NTNLWLPVVFFM VLVALVGMGLGMYQLFHLQKELAEL-^FTNQSLKVSSFEKQl-ANPSTPSEKK-EPRSVAHLT GNPHSRS-PLEWEDTYGTALISGVKY-^GGLV--NETGLYFVYSKVYFRGQSCNNQPLNH VYM-^SKYPEDLVLMEElΩlLNYCTTGQ-WAHSSYLGAVFNLTSADHLYVraSQLSL-NFE ESKTFFGLYKLGSSHHHHHH [SEQ ID NO:202]
EXAMPLE 12
Self-coalescing human Fas-L construct A self-coalescing human Fas-ligand is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
AΎGGCTTGGCGTCACCCGCAGTTCGGTGGTGGCΎCGAGΎCAGCAGCCCΎΎCAA TTACCCATATCCCCAGATCTACTGGGTGGACAGCAGTGCCAGCTCTCCCTGGGCCCCTC CAGGCACAGTTCTTCCCTGTCCAACCTCTGTGCCCAGAAGGCCTGGTCAAAGGAGGCC ACCACCACCACCGCCACCGCCACCACTACCACCTCCGCCGCCGCCGCCACCACTGCCT CCACTACCGCTGCCACCCCTGAAGAAGAGAGGGAACCACAGCACAGGCCTGTGTCTCC TTGTGATGTTTTTCATGGTTCTGGTTGCCTTGGTAGGATTGGGCCTGGGGATGTTTCAG CTCTTCCACCTACAGAAGGAGCTGGCAGAACTCCGAGAGTCTACCAGCCAGATGCACA CAGCATCATCTTTGGAGAAGCAAATAGGCCACCCCAGTCCACCCCCTGAAAAAAAGG AGCTGAGGAAAGTGGCCCATTTAACAGGCAAGTCCAACTCAAGGTCCATGCCTCTGGA ATGGGAAGACACCTATGGAATTGTCCTGCTTTCTGGAGTGAAGTATAAGAAGGGTGGC CTTGTGATCAATGAAACTGGGCTGTACTTTGTATATTCCAAAGTATACTTCCGGGGTCA ATCTTGCAACAACCTGCCCCTGAGCCACAAGGTCTACATGAGGAACTCTAAGTATCCC CAGGATCTGGTGATGATGGAGGGGAAGATGATGAGCTACTGCACTACTGGGCAGATG TGGGCCCGCAGCAGCTACCTGGGGGCAGTGTTCAATCTTACCAGTGCTGATCATTTAT ATGTCAACGTATCTGAGCTCTCTCTGGTCAATTTTGAGGAATCTCAGACGTTTTTCGGC TTATATAAGCTCGGCTCGAGTGGATCCGGTGGTGGTGGTAGCGGTGGTGGTGGATCCG
CCGCTATCGCGATTGCAGTGGCACTGGCTGGTTTCGCTACCGTAGCGCAGGCCACAAA
[GAAATAATAAj [SEQ ID NO:203] wherein the nucleotides in bold type face are a translation initiation codon, the italicised nucleotides encode the Strep tag to facilitate purification, the double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2, the nucleotides in normal type face encode human Fas-L, the underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 3, where n = 2 and the boxed nucleotides encode SCE-C.
Expression of the above construct, e.g., in E. coli, will produce a polypeptide with the following sequence: MAW- PQFGGGSSQQPFNYPYPQIYWVDSSASSPWAPPGTVLPCPTSVPRRPGQ
RI^PPPPPPPPLPPPPPPPPLPPLPLPPL----K-RGNHSTGLCLLVMFFMVLVALVGLGLGMFQLF HLQKELAELMSTSQMHTASSLEKQIGHPSPPPEK-KELRKVAHLTGKSNSRSMPLEWEDTY G-VLLSGVKY-a GGLVINETGLYFVYSKVYFRGQSC-SlNLPLSHKVYM-^SKYPQDLVMM EG---MMSYCTTGQMWARSSYLGA NLTS- DHLYVNVSELSLVNFEESQTFFGLYKLGSS GSGGGGSGGGGSTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQATKK [SEQ ID NO:204]
EXAMPLE 13
Murine FasL with N-SCE and Murine IL-2 with SCE-C to form Hetero-agsregates
Self-coalescing murine Fas-ligand/IL-2 hetero-aggregates are produced by co-transfection of expression vectors, containing the nucleic acid constructs described in Examples 9 and 11, into cells (e.g., E. coli, CHO cells etc) and purification of the expressed polypeptide products over a Strepavidin-column and a Ni-chelate-column sequentially to ensure purification of hetero- aggregates only.
Both recombinant proteins will be produced in E. coli. After purification any already formed aggregates of N-SCE-murine Fas-L and murine IL-2-SCE-C will be broken up by Sonication/Tween 20 treatment and mixed together to allow co-aggregation.
EXAMPLE 14
Self-coalescing HEL construct
A self-coalescing HEL is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence: ATGGACTACAAGGACGATGACGACAAGGGCTCGAGTAGGTC^TTGCTAATC TG
GTGCTTTGCTTCCTGCCCCTGGCTGCTCTGGGGAAAGTCTTTGGACGATGTGAGCTGGC AGCGGCTATGAAGCGTCACGGACTTGATAACTATCGGGGATACAGCCTGGGAAACTG GGTGTGTGTTGCAAAATTCGAGAGTAACTTCAACACCCAGGCTACAAACCGTAACACC GATGGGAGTACCGACTACGGAATCCTACAGATCAACAGCCGCTGGTGGTGCAACGAT GGCAGGACCCCAGGCTCCAGGAACCTGTGCAACATCCCGTGCTCAGCCCTGCTGAGCT CAGACATAACAGCGAGCGTGAACTGCGCGAAGAAGATCGTCAGCGATGGAAACGGCA TGAGCGCGTGGGTCGCCTGGCGCAACCGCTGCAAGGGTACCGACGTCCAGGCGTGGA TCAGAGGCTGCCGGCTGGGCTCGAGTGGATCCGGTGGTGGTGGTAGCGGTGGTGGTGG TAGCGGTGGTGGTGGTAGCGGTGGTGGTGGTAGCGGTGGTGGTGGATCClACCGCTATCi GCGATTGCAGTGGCACTGGCTGGTTTCGCTACCGTAGCGCAGGCCACAAAGAAATAATi jAAj [SEQ ID NO:205] wherein the nucleotides in bold type face are a translation termination codon, the italicised nucleotides encode the Flag tag to facilitate purification, the double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2, the nucleotides in normal type face encode HEL, the underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 3, where n = 5 and the boxed nucleotides encode SCE-C.
Expression of the above construct, e.g., in E. coli, will produce a polypeptide with the following sequence:
MDYα-)DDDKGSSRSLL-XVLCFLPL- ALGKVFGRCELAAAM RHGLDNYRGYS LGN CVA-^ESNFOTQAT NTDGSTDYG-1-Q-NSRWWC^
SSD-TASVNCAK-KWSDGNGMSAWVAWRNRCKGTDVQAWIRGCRLGSSGSGGGGSGGG GSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQATKK [SEQ ID NO:206]
EXAMPLE 15
Self-coalescing murine MCP-1 construct A self-coalescing murine MCP-1 is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
ATGAAAAAGACAGCTATCGCGATTGCAGTGGCACTGGCTGGTTTCGCTACCG TAGCGCAGGCCGGATCCGGCTCGAGTAAGATTTCCACACTTCTATGCCTCCTGCTCATA GCTACCACCATCAGTCCTCAGGTATTGGCTGGACCAGATGCGGTGAGCACCCCAGTCA CGTGCTGTTATAATGTTGTTAAGCAGAAGATTCACGTCCGGAAGCTGAAGAGCTACAG GAGAATCACAAGCAGCCAGTGTCCCCGGGAAGCTGTGATCTTCAGGACCATACTGGAT AAGGAGATCTGTGCTGACCCCAAGGAGAAGTGGGTTAAGAATTCCATAAACCACTTG GATAAGACGTCTCGAACGGGCTCGAGTGCTTGGCGTCACCCGCAGTTCGGTGGTTAAT AA [SEQ ID NO:211] wherein the boxed nucleotides encode N-SCE, the underlined nucleotides encode Spacer
1, where n = 0, the nucleotides in normal type face encode murine MCP-1, the double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2, the italicised nucleotides encode the Strep tag to facilitate purification and the nucleotides in bold type face are tandem pair of translation termination codons.
Expression of the above construct, e.g., in E. coli, will produce a polypeptide with the following sequence:
M-XTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQAGSGSSKISTLLCLLLIATTISPQVLAGPDAVSTPV TCC5TNVVKQK--HVll-^^ RTGSSAWRHPQFGG [SEQ ID NO:212] EXAMPLE 16
Self-coalescing human MCP-1 construct
A self-coalescing human MCP-1 is producible using a suitable expression system that expresses the following nucleic acid sequence:
ATGAAAAAGACAGCTATCGCGATTGCAGTGGCACTGGCTGGTTTCGCTACCQ
ΓΓAGCGCAGGCCIGGATCCGGCTCGAGTAAAGTCTCTGCCGCCCTTCTGTGCCTGCTGCT
CATAGCAGCCACCTTCATTCCCCAAGGGCTCGCTCAGCCAGATGCAATCAATGCCCCA GTCACCTGCTGTTATAACTTCACCAATAGGAAGATCTCAGTGCAGAGGCTCGCGAGCT ATAGAAGAATCACCAGCAGCAAGTGTCCCAAAGAAGCTGTGATCTTCAAGACCATTGT GGCCAAGGAGATCTGTGCTGACCCCAAGCAGAAGTGGGTTCAGGATTCCATGGACCA CCTGGACAAGCAAACCCAAACTCCGAAGACTGGCTCGAGTC rC-^rCX TCATCA TCATT AATAA [SEQ ID NO:213] wherem the boxed nucleotides encode N-SCE, the underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 1, where n = 0, the nucleotides in normal type face encode human MCP-1, the double underlined nucleotides encode Spacer 2, the italicised nucleotides encode the His tag to facilitate purification and the nucleotides in bold type face are translation termination codons.
Expression of the above construct, e.g., in E. coli, will produce a polypeptide with the following sequence:
M-^TA-AIAVALAGFATVAQAGSGSSKVSAALLCLLLIAATFIPQGLAQPDAINAP VTCCYNFTNR-πSVQl^ASY- iTSSKCPKEAV-FKT-VAKEICADPKQKWVQDSMDHLDK QTQTPKTGSSHHHHHH [SEQ ID NO:214]
EXAMPLE 17
Chemically synthesised chimeric peptide constructs
Chemically synthesised chimeric peptide constructs can be constructed according to the following general formulae
I N-SCE2 H Spacer 1 H peptide of interest | (XIV); and
2. 1 peptide of interest H Spacer 3 H SCE-C | (XV) wherein:
N-SCE2 is KKTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQA [SEQ ID NO:215]; SCE-C is as defined in Example 2;
Spacers 1 and 3 are as defined in Example 2; and the peptide of interest is selectable, for example, from metabolic peptides, cytokine peptides, peptides from cytokine receptors, effector peptides and antigenic peptides. EXAMPLE 18
Synthetic self-coalescing human ACTH chimeric peptide
A self-coalescing human ACTH peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
|θ- TA-A]AVALAGFATVAQAGSGGGGSGSSSYSMEHFRWG-^VG-<--KRRPVKVY
PNGAEDESAEAFPLEF [SEQ HD NO:216] wherein the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the residues in normal type face are a human ACTH peptide.
EXAMPLE 19 Synthetic self-coalescing murine ACTH chimeric peptide
A self-coalescing murine ACTH peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
SYSMElϊFRWG- G---KR-^VKVYPNVAENESA
IGFATVAQATKKJ [SEQ ID NO:217] wherein the residues in normal type face are a murine ACTH peptide, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 0 and the boxed residues are SCE-C.
EXAMPLE 20
Synthetic self-coalescing -MSH chimeric peptide
A self-coalescing α-MSH peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
SYSMEHFRWGKPVGSSGSGGGGSfTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQATKKl [SEQ ID
NO.-218] wherein the residues in normal type face are a murine ACTH peptide, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the boxed residues are SCE-C. EXAMPLE 21
Synthetic self-coalescing human β-MSH chimeric peptide
A self-coalescing β-MSH peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
|KKTA-AlAVALAGFATVAQA[G^G^AEΩa)EGPYRMEHFRWGSPPKD [SEQ ID NO-.219] wherein the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n 0 and the residues in normal type face are a human β-MSH peptide. EXAMPLE 22
Synthetic self-coalescing murine β-MSH chimeric peptide
A self-coalescing β-MSH peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence: AE-π)DGPYRVEHFRWSNPP--α GSSGSGGGGSμ"AIAIAVALAGFATVAQATK |
[SEQ ED NO:220] wherem the residues in normal type face are a murine β-MSH peptide, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the boxed residues are SCE-C.
EXAMPLE 23 Synthetic self-coalescing γ-MSH chimeric peptide
A self-coalescing γ-MSH peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
[K-KTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQA^SGSSYVMGHFRWDRFG [SEQ ED NO:221] wherem the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 0 and the residues in normal type face are a human γ-MSH peptide.
EXAMPLE 24
Synthetic self-coalescing angiotensin I chimeric peptide
A self-coalescing angiotensin I peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence: I KTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQAGSGGGGSGSSDRVYIHPFHL [SEQ ID NO: 222] wherein the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the residues in normal type face are an angiotensin 1 peptide.
EXAMPLE 25
Synthetic self-coalescing angiotensin II chimeric peptide A self-coalescing angiotensin II peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
DRVYIHPFGSSGSGGGGSrrAIAIAVALAGFATVAQATKEq [SEQ ID NO:223] wherein the residues in normal type face are an angiotensin HI peptide, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the boxed residues are SCE-C. EXAMPLE 25
Synthetic self-coalescing angiotensin III chimeric peptide
A self-coalescing angiotensin HI peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence: iKKTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQAlGSGGGGSGSSRVYIHPF [SEQ ED NO:224] wherein the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the residues in normal type face are an angiotensin HI peptide.
EXAMPLE 26
Synthetic self-coalescing human GHRH chimeric peptide I A self-coalescing human growth hormone releasing hormone (GHRH) peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
YFDA-FT^SY-^VLGQLSA-^LLQD-MSRG^S^SjrAIA-AVALAGFATVAQATKi [SEQ ID NO:225] wherein the residues in normal type face are a human GHRH peptide, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 0 and the boxed residues are SCE-C, and wherein the Tyr at position 1 of the GHRH peptide is acetylated, the Phe at position 2 is in the D-isomeric form and the Arg at position 20 is amidated.
EXAMPLE 27
Synthetic self-coalescing human GHRH chimeric peptide II A self-coalescing human growth hormone releasing hormone (GHRH) peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
YADA-FT^SYl^VLGOLSA-lKLLODMSROOGESNOERG-ARARLGSSGSprAIAI-A!
V-A-LAGFATVAQATKi [SEQ ID NO:226] wherem the residues in normal type face are a human GHRH peptide, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 0 and the boxed residues are SCE-C.
EXAMPLE 28
Synthetic self-coalescing murine GHRH chimeric peptide
A self-coalescing murine growth hormone releasing hormone (GHRH) peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence: ^T-^-A]AVALAGFATVAQA S^S^HVDA-ETTNY]^LLSQLY-AR VIQD--MNKQ
GERIQEQRARLS [SEQ ID NO:227] wherein the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 0 and the residues in normal type face are a murine GHRH peptide. EXAMPLE 29
Synthetic self-coalescing human IL-lβ chimeric peptide I
A self-coalescing human EL-lβ peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
VQGEESNDKGSSGSJTAIAIAVALA GFATVAQATKK| [SEQ ID NO:228] wherem the residues in normal type face are a human IL-lβ (aa 163-171) peptide, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 0 and the boxed residues are SCE-C.
EXAMPLE 30
Synthetic self-coalescing human IL-lβ chimeric peptide II A self-coalescing human IL-lβ peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
(KKTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQAGSGGGGSGSSLKEKNLYLSCVLKDDKPTLOLESV
DPKNYP [SEQ ED NO:229] wherein the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the residues in normal type face are a human IL-lβ (aa 178-207) peptide.
EXAMPLE 31
Synthetic self-coalescing human IL-2 chimeric peptide I
A self-coalescing human IL-2 peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence: I-O TAIAIAVALAGFATVAQAIGSGSSEYADETATINEFL [SEQ ID ΝO:230] wherein the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 0 and the residues in normal type face are a peptide from human IL-2 (126-138).
EXAMPLE 32
Synthetic self-coalescing human IL-2 chimeric peptide II A self-coalescing human EL-2 peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
-LNG-NNYE-NP- -GSSGSGGGGSfrAl-A-AV-^AGFATVAQATK q [SEQ ID
NO:231] wherein the residues in normal type face are a peptide from human IL-2 (44-56), the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the boxed residues are SCE-C. EXAMPLE 33
Synthetic self-coalescing human IL-2 chimeric peptide III
A self-coalescing human EL-2 peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
IK TAM-AVALAGFATVAQAlGSGGGGSGSSLTF-^YMPKKA [SEQ ID NO:232] wherein the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the residues in normal type face are a peptide from human IL-2 (60-70).
EXAMPLE 34
Synthetic self-coalescing human TNF-a chimeric peptide I A self-coalescing human TNF-α peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
SPLAOAVRSSSRGSSGSGGGGS A-A--AVALAGFATVAQATKK| [SEQ ID ΝO:233] wherein the residues in normal type face are a peptide from human TNF-α (aa 71-82), the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the boxed residues are SCE-C. EXAMPLE 35
Synthetic self-coalescing human TNF-a chimeric peptide II
A self-coalescing human TNF-α peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
IKKTA-A-AVALAGFATVAQAQSG^D-^VAHVVANPQAEGQLQWLNRRANAL [SEQ ED NO:234] wherein the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 0 and the residues in normal type face are a peptide from TNF-α (10-36).
EXAMPLE 36
Synthetic self-coalescing human INF- a chimeric peptide III A self-coalescing human TNF-α peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
RRANALLANGVELRDGSSGSGGGGSlTA-A-IAVALAGFATVAQATKK] [SEQ ID NO:235] wherein the residues in normal type face are a peptide from TNF-α (31-45), the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the boxed residues are SCE-C. EXAMPLE 37
Synthetic self-coalescing human Cvs-BAFF-R chimeric peptide I
A self-coalescing human Cys-BAFF receptor peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence: CLRGASSAEAPDGDKDAPEPLDKGSSGSGGGGS^AIAJAVALAGFATVAQATKKl
[SEQ ID NO.-236] wherein the residues in normal type face are a peptide from human Cys-BAFF-R (aa 108- 129), the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the boxed residues are SCE-C.
EXAMPLE 38 Synthetic self-coalescing human Cys-BAFF-R chimeric peptide II
A self-coalescing human Cys-BAFF receptor peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence: tKKTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQAlGSGGGGSGSSCHSVPVPATELGSTELVTTKTAGPE
Q [SEQ ID NO:237] wherein the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n =
1 and the residues in normal type face are a peptide from human Cys-BAFF-R (aa 159-183).
EXAMPLE 39
Synthetic self-coalescing human P55-TNF-R chimeric peptide
A self-coalescing human P55-TNF receptor peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
^KTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQAGSGGGGSGSSLPOIENVKGTED [SEQ ID NO:238] wherein the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the residues in normal type face are a peptide from human P55-TNF-R.
EXAMPLE 40 Synthetic self-coalescing human P75-TNF-R chimeric peptide
A self-coalescing human P75-TNF receptor peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
SMAPGAVHLPQPDRVYπiPFGSSGSGGGGS|TA--AIAVALAGFATVAQATKiq [SEQ ID NO:239] wherein the residues in normal type face are a peptide from human P75-TNF-R, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the boxed residues are SCE-C. EXAMPLE 41
Synthetic self-coalescing IL-6-R chimeric peptide
A self-coalescing human EL-6 receptor peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
TSLPVQDSSSVPGSSGSGGGGSfrA--A-AVALAGFATVAQATKK| [SEQ ID NO:240] wherein the residues in normal type face are a peptide from human EL-6-R, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the boxed residues are SCE-C.
EXAMPLE 42
Synthetic self-coalescing L-selectin chimeric peptide A self-coalescing human L-selectin peptide is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
IKKTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQAIGSGGGGSGGGGSGSSCOKLDKSFSMIK [SEQ ID
NO:241] wherein the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 2 and the residues in normal type face are a peptide from human L-selectin.
EXAMPLE 43
Synthetic self-coalescing MUC-1 chimeric peptide
A self-coalescing human MUC-1 (Mucin-1) peptide, which is useful for the preparation of tumour antigen vaccines, is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence: [K-KTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQAIGSGGGGSGSSGVTSAPDTRPAPGSTAPPAH
[SEQ ID NO:242] wherein the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the residues in normal type face are a human MUC-1 peptide.
EXAMPLE 44 Synthetic self-coalescing ovalbumin chimeric peptide I
A self-coalescing ovalbumin (OVA) peptide, which is useful for the preparation of immunopotentiating compositions, is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
ISOAVHAAHAE---^AGRGSSGSGGGGSrAl-AXAVALAGFATVAQATKiq [SEQ ID NO:243] wherein the residues in normal type face are a peptide from OVA (aa 323-339), the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the boxed residues are SCE-C. EXAMPLE 45
Synthetic self-coalescing ovalbumin chimeric peptide II
A self-coalescing ovalbumin (OVA) peptide, which is useful for the preparation of immunopotentiating compositions, is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
IKXTAJAIAVALAGFATVAQAGSGGGGSGSSSΠNFEKL [SEQ ID NO:244] wherem the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the residues in normal type face are a peptide from OVA (aa 257-264).
EXAMPLE 46 Synthetic self-coalescing HIV gp!20 chimeric peptide I
A self-coalescing HIV gpl20 peptide, which is useful for the preparation of immunopotentiating compositions, is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
YNAi i-a HIQRGPGRAFYTTKNπG^SG rA-A-AV- LAGFATVAQATKiq [SEQ ID NO:245] wherein the residues in normal type face are a peptide from HIV gpl20, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 0 and the boxed residues are SCE-C.
EXAMPLE 47
Synthetic self-coalescing HIV gp 120 chimeric peptide II A self-coalescing HIV gpl20 peptide, which is useful for the preparation of immunopotentiating compositions, is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
^TA-IA-AV-ALAGFATVAQA^SG^SNNTRKSIRIQRGPGRAFVTIGKIG [SEQ ID
NO:246] wherein the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n =
0 and the residues in normal type face are a peptide from HIV gpl20 (aa 307-331).
EXAMPLE 48
Synthetic self-coalescing HIV gp 120 chimeric peptide III
A self-coalescing HIV gpl20 peptide, which is useful for the preparation of immunopotentiating compositions, is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
[E KTA-IA--AVALAGFATVAQ^GSGGGGSGSSCGK-EPLGVAPTK-A-a .VVORE-πi
[SEQ ED NO:247] wherein the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n = 1 and the residues in normal type face are a peptide from HIV gpl20.
EXAMPLE 49
Synthetic self-coalescing HIV gp41 chimeric peptide
A self-coalescing HIV gp41 peptide, which is useful for the preparation of immunopotentiating compositions, is chemically synthesised with the following amino acid sequence:
[K-KTAIAIAVALAGFATVAQAGSGGGGSGSSRVTAIEKYLODOARLNSWGCAFRO
VCHTTVPWVNDS-NH2 [SEQ ED NO:248] wherein the boxed residues are N-SCE2, the underlined residues are spacer 1, where n =
1 and the residues in normal type face are a peptide from HIV gp41.
The disclosure of every patent, patent application, and publication cited herein is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The citation of any reference herein should not be construed as an admission that such reference is available as "Prior Art" to the instant application.
Throughout the specification the aim has been to describe the preferred embodiments of the invention without limiting the invention to any one embodiment or specific collection of features. Those of skill in the art will therefore appreciate that, in light of the instant disclosure, various modifications and changes can be made in the particular embodiments exemplified without departing from the scope of the present invention. All such modifications and changes are intended to be included within the scope of the appended claims.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. An isolated or purified higher order aggregate comprising a plurality of chimeric molecules, wherein each chimeric molecule comprises at least one self-coalescing element, which is obtainable or derivable from a membrane translocating sequence or variant thereof, and which is fused, linked or otherwise associated with a molecule of interest, and wherein the or each self- coalescing element is capable of causing an individual chimeric molecule to coalesce with other chimeric molecules into higher order aggregates under conditions favourable to aggregation, wherein at least one chimeric molecule of the aggregate is other than a chimeric molecule selected from the group consisting of: a B cell activating fusion protein comprising a B cell surface immunoglobulin binding domain and a signal peptide, wherein a catalytic product of the precursor is capable of inducing B cell mitogenesis; and a fusion protein comprising protein L and ompA.
2. The aggregate of claim 1, wherein the self-coalescing element is from about 8 to about 35 amino acid residues in length.
3. The aggregate of claim 1, wherein the amino acid sequence of the self-coalescing element has from about 60% to about 95% small or hydrophobic amino acid residues or modified forms thereof.
4. The aggregate of claim 1, wherein the self-coalescing element is a membrane translocation sequence.
5. The aggregate of claim 4, wherein the membrane translocation sequence is a naturally occurring signal sequence or variant thereof, which has the ability to aggregate into higher order aggregates under physiological conditions.
6. The aggregate of claim 4, wherein the membrane translocation sequence is obtainable from an organism selected from the group consisting of bacteria, mycobacteria, viruses, protozoa, yeast, plants and animals.
7. The aggregate of claim 4, wherein the membrane translocation sequence is obtainable from an animal selected from the group consisting of insects, avians, reptiles, fish and mammals.
8. The aggregate of claim 4, wherein the membrane translocation sequence is obtainable from bacteria.
9. The aggregate of claim 8, wherein the membrane translocation sequence comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 12-90 and biologically active fragments thereof.
10. The aggregate of claim 8, wherein the membrane translocation sequence comprises an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 83, 84, 85 and 87 and biologically active fragments thereof.
11. The aggregate of claim 8, wherein the membrane translocation sequence comprises an amino acid sequence that is encoded by a nucleic acid sequence that hybridises under at least low stringency conditions to a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:91-132.
12. The aggregate of claim 8, wherein the membrane translocation sequence comprises an amino acid sequence that is encoded by a nucleic acid sequence that hybridises under at least low stringency conditions to a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 126- 132.
13. The aggregate of claim 1, wherein the molecule of interest is an organic compound selected from the group consisting of drugs, metabolites, pesticides and herbicides.
14. The aggregate of claim 1, wherein the molecule of interest is an organic polymer.
15. The aggregate of claim 14, wherein the organic polymer is selected from the group consisting of polypeptides and polynucleotides.
16. The aggregate of claim 1, wherein the molecule of interest is a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of enzymes, receptors, antigen-binding molecules, ligand-binding polypeptides, metal-binding polypeptides, light-harvesting polypeptides, light spectrum-modifying polypeptides, regulatory polypeptides, chemokines, cytokines, interleukins, growth factors, interferons, metabolic polypeptides, immunopotentiating polypeptides, iummunosuppressing polypeptides, angiogenic polypeptides, anti-angiogenic polypeptides, antigenic polypeptides, and their biologically active fragments.
17. The aggregate of claim 1, wherein the molecule of interest is a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of cytokines, growth factors and hormones.
18. The aggregate of claim 17, wherein the polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of interferon-α, interferon-β, interferon-γ, interleukin-1, interleukin-2, interleukin-3, interleukin-4, interleukin-5, interleukin-6, interleukin-7, interleukin-8, interleukin-9, interleukin-10, interleukin-11, interleukin-12, interleukin-13, interleukin-14, interleukin-15, interleukin-16, erythropoietin, colony-stimulating factor- 1, granulocyte colony-stimulating factor, granulocyte- macrophage colony-stimulating factor, leukemia inhibitory factor, tumour necrosis factor, lymphotoxin, platelet-derived growth factor, fibroblast growth factors, vascular endothelial cell growth factor, epidermal growth factor, transforming growth factor-/3, transforming growth factor- a, thrombopoietin, stem cell factor, oncostatin M, amphiregulin, Mullerian-inhibitmg substance, B- cell growth factor, macrophage migration inhibiting factor, monocyte chemoa tractant protein, endostatin, and angiostatin and their biologically active fragments.
19. The aggregate of claim 1, wherein the molecule of interest is a polypeptide antigen.
20. The aggregate of claim 19, wherein the polypeptide antigen is selected from the group consisting of viral antigens, bacterial antigens, protozoan antigens, microbial antigens, tumour antigens, self-antigens and auto-antigens.
21. The aggregate of claim 19, wherein the polypeptide antigen is derived from a virus selected from the group consisting of human immunodeficiency viruses (HIV), papilloma viruses, polioviruses, influenza viruses, Rous sarcoma viruses, encephalitis-causing viruses, herpesviruses and hepatitis viruses.
22. The aggregate of claim 19, wherem the polypeptide antigen is derived from a bacterium selected from the group consisting of Neisseria species, Meningococcal species, Haemophilus species, Salmonella species, Streptococcal species, Legionella species and Mycobacterium species.
23. The aggregate of claim 19, wherein the polypeptide antigen is derived from a protozoan selected from the group consisting of Plasmodium species, Schistosoma species,
Leishmania species, Trypanosoma species, Toxoplasma species and Giardia species.
24. The aggregate of claim 19, wherein the polypeptide antigen is derived from a cancer or tumour selected from the group consisting of melanoma, lung cancer, breast cancer, cervical cancer, prostate cancer, colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, stomach cancer, bladder cancer, kidney cancer, post transplant lymphoproliferative disease (PTLD) and Hodgkin's Lymphoma.
25. The aggregate of claim 1, wherein the molecule of interest is a metabolic polypeptide selected from the group consisting of compound-absorbing polypeptides, compound-binding polypeptides, compound-uptaking polypeptides, compound-excreting polypeptides, compound- distributing polypeptides, compound-transporting polypeptides, compound-processing polypeptides, compound-converting polypeptides and compound-degrading polypeptides.
26. The aggregate of claim 25, wherein the metabolic polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of drug-metabolising polypeptides, drug-binding polypeptides, ornithine franscarbamylase, arginosuccinate synthetase, glutamine synthetase, glycogen synthetase, glucose- 6-phosphatase, succinate dehydrogenase, glucokinase, insulin, pyruvate kinase, acetyl CoA carboxylase, fatty acid synthetase, alanine aminofransferase, glutamate dehydrogenase, ferritin, low density lipoprotein (LDL) receptor, P450 enzymes and alcohol dehydrogenase.
27. The aggregate of claim 1, wherem the molecule of interest is a peptide selected from the group consisting of T cell epitopes, B cell epitopes, cytokine peptides, chemokine peptides, neuropeptides, anti-inflammatory peptides and receptor ligand peptides.
28. The aggregate of claim 1, wherein the molecule of interest is a hormone.
29. The aggregate of claim 28, wherein the hormone is selected from the group consisting of growth hormones, sex hormones, thyroid hormones, pituitary hormones and melanocyte stimulating hormones.
30. The aggregate of claim 28, wherein the hormone is selected from the group consisting of estrogens, anti-estrogens, progestins, antiprogestin, androgens and anti-androgens.
31. The aggregate of claim 28, wherein the hormone is a thyroid hormone selected from the group consisting of triiodothyronne, thyroxine, propylthiouracil, methimazole, and iodixode.
32. The aggregate of claim 28, wherein the hormone is a gastrointestinal hormones selected from the group consisting of gastrin, glucagon, secretin, cholecystokinin, gastric inhibitory peptide, vasoactive intestinal peptide, substance P, glucagon-like immunoreactivity peptide, somatostatin, bombesin and neurotensin.
33. The aggregate of claim 28, wherein the hormone is a pituitary hormone selected from the group consisting of corticofropin, sumutofropin, oxytocin, and vasopressin.
34. The aggregate of claim 28, wherein the hormone is an adrenal cortex hormone selected from the group consisting of adrenocorticotropic hormone, aldosterone, cortisol, corticosterone, deoxycorticosterone and dehydroepiandrosterone.
35. The aggregate of claim 28, wherein the hormone is selected from the group consisting of prednisone, betamethasone, vetamethasone, cortisone, dexamethasone, flunisolide, hydrocortisone, methylprednisolone, paramethasone acetate, prednisolone and friamcinolone fludrocortisone.
36. The aggregate of claim 1, comprising identical, or substantially similar, molecules of interest.
37. The aggregate of claim 1, comprising different molecules of interest.
38. The aggregate of claim 1, wherein the chimeric molecule is formed by chemical synthesis.
39. The aggregate of claim 1, wherein a self-coalescing element is covalently attached to a molecule of interest by chemical crosslinking.
40. The aggregate of claim 39, wherein the self-coalescing element is chemical crosslinked to the molecule of interest using a chemical crosslinking agent.
41. The aggregate of claim 39, wherein the self-coalescing element is chemical crosslinked to the molecule of interest using a homobifunctional crosslinking agent.
42. The aggregate of claim 39, wherein the self-coalescing element is chemical crosslinked to the molecule of interest using a heterobifunctional crosslinking agent.
43. The aggregate of claim 1, wherein the chimeric molecule is formed by recombinant means.
44. The aggregate of claim 1, wherein the self-coalescing element is attached to the molecule of interest such that, on self-assembly of the chimeric molecule into the higher order aggregate, the molecule of interest is exposed to the exterior of the aggregate.
45. The aggregate of claim 1, wherem the self-coalescing element is spaced from the molecule of interest by a linker or spacer molecule.
46. The aggregate of claim 45, wherein the linker or spacer molecule spaces the molecule of interest from the self-coalescing element sufficiently so as to promote the proper folding of the molecule of interest.
47. The aggregate of claim 45, wherein the linker or spacer molecule spaces the molecule of interest from the self-coalescing element sufficiently such that the molecule of interest retains a desired activity when the chimeric molecule forms aggregates with other chimeric molecules.
48. The aggregate of claim 45, wherein the linker or spacer molecule is from about 1 to about 100 atoms in length.
49. The aggregate of claim 45, wherein the linker or spacer molecule is from about 1 to about 50 amino acid residues in length.
50. The aggregate of claim 45, wherein the linker or spacer molecule is an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:167, 169, 171, 173, 175, 179, 181 and 183.
51. An isolated or purified higher order aggregate comprising a plurality of chimeric molecules, wherein each chimeric molecule comprises at least one self-coalescing element, which is obtainable or derivable from a membrane translocating sequence or variant thereof, and which is fused, linked or otherwise associated with a molecule of interest, and wherem the or each self- coalescing element is capable of causing an individual chimeric molecule to coalesce with other chimeric molecules into higher order aggregates under conditions favourable to aggregation, wherein at least one chimeric molecule of the aggregate is other than a chimeric molecule selected from the group consisting of: a B cell activating fusion protein comprising a B cell surface immunoglobulin binding domain and a signal peptide, wherein a catalytic product of the precursor is capable of inducing B cell mitogenesis; and a fusion protein comprising protein L and ompA, and wherein the self-coalescing element is represented by the formula: Bι-Xι [Xj]n X2 X3X4 X5 [Xk]n X6 [X1]nX7 X8 X9-Zι (I) [SEQ ID NO: 1] wherein: Bi is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherem n is from about 1 to about 50 amino acid residues, wherem the sequence comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue;
X! is a hydrophobic, small, neutral or basic amino acid residue, or modified form thereof;
[Xj]n is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from 0 to 2 amino acid residues and wherein the sequence Xj comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue;
X2 is a hydrophobic, small or polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof; X3 is a hydrophobic, small or neutral/polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof; X4 is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof; X5 is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof; [XJn is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherem n is from 4 to 6 amino acid residues and wherein the sequence Xk comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from a hydrophobic, small, polar or neutral amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X6 is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
[Xι]n is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from 2 to 4 amino acid residues and wherein the sequence Xi comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from a hydrophobic, small or polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X7 is a hydrophobic, small, charged or neutral/polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X8 is a neutral/polar, charged, hydrophobic, or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X9 is optional and when present is selected from a small or charged amino acid residue or modified form thereof; and
Zi is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from about 1 to about 50 amino acid residues, wherein the sequence comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue.
52. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein when Bi is present, it is a sequence of from about 1 to about 20 amino acid residues.
53. The aggregate of claim 51, wherem when Bi is present, it is represented by the formula: B2 Jι [Xi]n (H) [SEQ ID NO:2] wherein: B2 is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from about 1 to about 15 amino acid residues, wherein the sequence comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue, provided that Ji is also present; Ji is absent or is a hydrophobic, charged, neutral/polar or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof, provided that [XJn is also present; and
[Xj]n is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from 2 to 5 amino acid residues and wherein the sequence X; comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue.
54. The aggregate of claim 53, wherein Ji is a hydrophobic amino acid residue selected from Phe or He, or modified form thereof.
55. The aggregate of claim 53, wherein J! is a basic amino acid residue selected from His, Lys or Arg, or modified form thereof.
56. The aggregate of claim 53, wherein Ji is Asn, or modified form thereof.
57. The aggregate of claim 53, wherein Ji is a small amino acid residue selected from Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof.
58. The aggregate of claim 53, wherein [X;]n is represented by the formula:
Oι O2O30405 (IH) [SEQ ID NO:3] wherem: at least two of Ox to 05 are present, in which:
Oi is selected from a hydrophobic, charged, neutral/polar or small amino acid residue, or modified form thereof;
02 is selected from a small or basic amino acid residue, or modified form thereof;
03 is selected from a charged, neutral/polar, hydrophobic or small amino acid residue, or modified form thereof; O4 is selected from a charged, neutral/polar, hydrophobic or small amino acid residue, or modified form thereof; and O5 is selected from a charged, neutral/polar, hydrophobic or small amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
59. The aggregate of claim 53, wherein [X;]n is represented by the formula: Oι 02O30405 (HI) [SEQ ED NO:3] wherein: at least two of Oi to O5 are present, in which:
Oi is selected from Leu, He, Arg, Asn or Ala, or modified form thereof;
02 is selected from Thr or Lys, or modified form thereof;
03 is selected from Arg, Lys, Asn, He, Val, Leu or Ala, or modified form thereof;
O4is selected from Arg, Lys, Gin, Asn, Phe, He, Val, Leu, Ala, Gly, Ser, Thr, or modified form thereof; and O5 is selected from Arg, Lys, Asn, Phe, He, Val, Leu, Ala, Gly, Ser, Thr, or modified form thereof.
60. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein Xi is a hydrophobic amino acid residue selected from Leu, Met, Phe, He or Val, or modified form thereof.
61. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein Xi is a small amino acid residue selected from Gly, Ala, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof.
62. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein is selected from Cys, Lys or His, or modified form thereof.
63. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein [Xj]n is a single amino acid residue selected from Ala, Arg, Asn or Val, or modified form thereof.
64. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein [Xj]n is a sequence of two amino acid residues, wherein the first amino acid residue is selected from Lys, Asp, Leu, Asn, Ala, Val or Phe, or modified form thereof and wherein the second amino acid residue is selected from Ser, Ala, Lys, Gin, Asn or Leu, or modified form thereof.
65. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X2 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue selected from Val, Leu, Tyr, He or Phe, or modified form thereof.
66. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X2 is a small amino acid residue selected from Pro, Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof.
67. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X2 is selected from Asn or Arg, or modified form thereof.
68. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X3 is Ala or modified form thereof.
69. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X3 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue selected from Met, Leu, Val, He or Phe, or modified form thereof.
70. The aggregate of claim 51, wherem X3 is Cys or modified form thereof.
71. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X4 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue selected from Val, Leu, He or Trp, or modified form thereof.
72. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X-i is a small amino acid residue selected from Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof.
73. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X5 is a small amino acid residue selected from Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof.
74. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X5 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue selected from Leu, Phe, Val, He, or modified form thereof.
75. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein [XJn is represented by the formula:
B3 O607Os 09B4 (IV) [SEQ ID NO:4] wherein: B3 is selected from a small, hydrophobic or neutral/polar amino acid residue, or modified form thereof; at least two of 06to 09 are present, in which: O6 is selected from a small, hydrophobic or neutral/polar amino acid residue, or modified form thereof;
07 is selected from a small, hydrophobic or neutral/polar amino acid residue, or modified form thereof;
08 is selected from a small or hydrophobic amino acid residue, or modified form thereof; and O9 is selected from small, hydrophobic, basic or neutral/polar amino acid residue, or modified form thereof; and B4 is selected from a small or hydrophobic amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
76. The aggregate of claim 75, wherem B3 is selected from Pro, Ala, Gly, Ser, Thr, Val,
Leu or Cys, or modified form thereof.
77. The aggregate of claim 75, wherein O6 is selected from Ala, Gly, Ser, Thr, Val, Leu, He, Met or Cys, or modified form thereof.
78. The aggregate of claim 75, wherem O7 is selected from Ala, Ser, Phe or Asn, or modified form thereof.
79. The aggregate of claim 75, wherein 08 is selected from Thr, Ala, Ser, He, Leu, Val, Met, Phe, Tyr or Trp, or modified form thereof.
80. The aggregate of claim 75, wherein O9 is selected from Pro, Ala, Gly, Ser, Thr, He, Leu, Val, Phe, His or Cys, or modified form thereof.
81. The aggregate of claim 75, wherein B4 is selected from Ala, Ser, Thr, He, Val, Leu,
Met, Tyr or Phe, or modified form thereof.
82. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X6 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue selected from Leu, Val, Met or Tyr, or modified form thereof.
83. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X6 is a small amino acid residue selected from Pro, Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof.
84. The aggregate of claim 51, wherem [XJn is represented by the formula:
BsOioOii Oπ (V) [SEQ ID NO:5] wherein: B5 is selected from a small, hydrophobic or neutral/polar amino acid residue, or modified form thereof; at least one of Oio to Oι2 are present, in which:
Oiois selected from a small, hydrophobic or neutral/polar amino acid residue, or modified form thereof;
On is a small amino acid residue; and
Oi2 is selected from a small, hydrophobic or neutral/polar amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
85. The aggregate of claim 84, wherein B5 is selected from Pro, Ala, Gly, Ser, Thr, He, Leu, Val, Phe, Met or Gin, or modified form thereof.
86. The aggregate of claim 84, wherein Oι0 is selected from Gly, Ala, Ser, Thr, Val, Leu, Met, Phe, Cys, Asn or Gin, or modified form thereof.
87. The aggregate of claim 84, wherein On is Pro, or modified form thereof;.
88. The aggregate of claim 84, wherein Oι2 is selected from Ala, Gly, Ser, Thr, He, Leu, Val, Tyr, Trp or Cys, or modified form thereof.
89. The aggregate of claim 51, wherem X7 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue selected from Leu, He, Val or Met, or modified form thereof.
90. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X7 is a small amino acid residue selected from
Pro, Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof.
91. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X7 is a charged amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
92. The aggregate of claim 91, wherein X is a basic amino acid residue selected from Asp or Arg, or modified form thereof.
93. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X7 is Asn, or modified form thereof.
94. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X8 is a neutral/polar amino acid residue selected from Gin, Asn or Cys, or modified form thereof.
95. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X8 is a charged amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
96. The aggregate of claim 95, wherein X8 is a basic amino acid residue selected from His or Glu, or modified form thereof.
97. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X8 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue selected from Val, Met or Trp, or modified form thereof.
98. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X8 is a small amino acid residue selected from
Ala or Ser, or modified form thereof.
99. The aggregate of claim 51, wherem X9 is a small amino acid residue selected from Ala, Gly, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof.
100. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein X9 is a charged amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
101. The aggregate of claim 100, wherein X9 is an acidic amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
102. The aggregate of claim 100, wherem X9 is Glu, or modified form thereof.
103. The aggregate of claim 51 , wherein Zi is represented by the formula: J2J3J4Z2 (VI) [SEQ ED NO:6] wherein: J2 is a small amino acid residue, or modified form thereof;
J3 is absent or is a charged amino acid residue, or modified form thereof, provided that J2 is also present;
J4 is absent or is a charged amino acid residue or modified form thereof, provided that J3 is also present; and Z2 is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from about 1 to about 15 amino acid residues, wherein the sequence comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue, provided that J is also present.
104. The aggregate of claim 103, wherein J2 is Thr, or modified form thereof.
105. The aggregate of claim 103, wherein J3 is a basic amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
106. The aggregate of claim 103, wherein J3 is Lys, or modified form thereof.
107. The aggregate of claim 103, wherein J4 is a basic amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
108. The aggregate of claim 103, wherein J4 is Lys, or modified form thereof.
109. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein Z\ comprise at least one charged amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
110. The aggregate of claim 51, wherein Zi comprise at least one basic amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
111. The aggregate of claim 103, wherein Z2 comprise at least one charged amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
112. The aggregate of claim 103, wherein Z2 comprise at least one basic amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
113. An isolated or purified higher order aggregate comprising a plurality of chimeric molecules, wherein each chimeric molecule comprises at least one self-coalescing element, which is obtainable or derivable from a membrane translocating sequence or variant thereof, and which is fused, linked or otherwise associated with a molecule of interest, and wherein the or each self- coalescing element is capable of causing an individual chimeric molecule to coalesce with other chimeric molecules into higher order aggregates under conditions favourable to aggregation, wherein at least one chimeric molecule of the aggregate is other than a chimeric molecule selected from the group consisting of: a B cell activating fusion protein comprising a B cell surface immunoglobulin binding domain and a signal peptide, wherein a catalytic product of the precursor is capable of inducing B cell mitogenesis; and a fusion protein comprising protein L and ompA, and wherein the self-coalescing element is represented by the formula:
B2 J1 [Xi]nX, [Xj]nX2X3X4X5 [Xk]nX6 [Xι]„X7X8X9Zι (VII) [SEQ ED NO:7] wherein: B2, Ji and [XJn , are as defined in claim 53; and [Xj]n , [Xk]n. [X\]_, Xι-9 and Zi are as defined in claim 51.
114. An isolated or purified higher order aggregate comprising a plurality of chimeric molecules, wherein each chimeric molecule comprises at least one self-coalescing element, which is obtainable or derivable from a membrane translocating sequence or variant thereof, and which is fused, linked or otherwise associated with a molecule of interest, and wherein the or each self- coalescing element is capable of causing an individual chimeric molecule to coalesce with other chimeric molecules into higher order aggregates under conditions favourable to aggregation, wherem at least one chimeric molecule of the aggregate is other than a chimeric molecule selected from the group consisting of: a B cell activating fusion protein comprising a B cell surface immunoglobulin binding domain and a signal peptide, wherein a catalytic product of the precursor is capable of inducing B cell mitogenesis; and a fusion protein comprising protein L and ompA, and wherem the self-coalescing element is represented by the formula:
Bι-Xι X2X3X4X5 [Xm]nX6X7X8X9XιoXn Xi2Xi34Xi5Xi6-Zι (Vπi) [SEQ ED NO:8] wherein: Bi is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from about 1 to about 5 amino acid residues, wherein the sequence comprises the same or different amino acids selected from any amino acid residue;
Xi is a hydrophobic amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X2 is a small amino acid residue or modified form thereof; X3 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X4 is selected from a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X5 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue or modified form thereof; and
[XJn is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherein n is from 0 to 2 amino acid residues and wherein the sequence Xm comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from a hydrophobic or a small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X6 is a small or hydrophobic amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X7 is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof; X8 is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X9 is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
Xio is a hydrophobic, small or neutral/polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
X is a small, hydrophobic or neutral/polar amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
Xi2 is a small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
Xi3 is a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
Xi4 is a small amino acid residue or modified form thereof;
Xis is a neutral/polar, acidic or hydrophobic amino acid residue or modified form thereof; Xi6 is a small amino acid residue or modified form thereof; and Zi is absent or is a sequence of n amino acid residues wherem n is from about 1 to about 20 amino acid residues wherein the sequence comprises the same or different amino acid residues selected from any amino acid residue.
115. The aggregate of claim 114, wherem when Bi is present, it is represented by the formula:
Ji J2 J3 J4 J5 (LX) [SEQ ID NO:9] wherein: Ji is absent or is a hydrophobic amino acid residue, or modified form thereof, provided that J2 is also present; J2 is absent or is a charged amino acid residue, or modified form thereof, provided that J3 is also present;
J3 is absent or is a charged amino acid residue, or modified form thereof, provided that J4 is also present;
J is absent or is selected from a small, charged or neutral/polar amino acid residue, or modified form thereof, provided that J5 is also present; and
J5 is absent or is selected from a small or hydrophobic amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
116. The aggregate of claim 115, wherein Ji is Met, or modified form thereof.
117. The aggregate of claim 115, wherein J2 is a basic amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
118. The aggregate of claim 115, wherein J2 is Lys, or modified form thereof.
119. The aggregate of claim 115, wherem J3 is a basic amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
120. The aggregate of claim 115, wherein J3 is selected from Lys or Arg, or modified form thereof.
121. The aggregate of claim 115, wherein J4 is Thr, or modified form thereof.
122. The aggregate of claim 115, wherein J4 is a charged amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
123. The aggregate of claim 115, wherein J is a basic amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
124. The aggregate of claim 115, wherein J4 is selected from Lys or Arg, or modified form thereof.
125. The aggregate of claim 115, wherein J4 is Gin, or modified form thereof.
126. The aggregate of claim 115, wherein J5 is a small amino acid residue selected from Ala or Thr, or modified form thereof.
127. The aggregate of claim 115, wherein J5 is Leu, or modified form thereof.
128. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein Xi is selected from He, Val or Leu, or modified form thereof.
129. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein X2 is selected from Thr, Gly, or Ala, or modified form thereof.
130. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein X3 is selected from He or Leu, or modified form thereof.
131. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein X4 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue selected from Val or Trp, or modified form thereof.
132. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein is a small amino acid residue selected from Ala, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof.
133. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein X5 is selected from He, Phe or Val, or modified form thereof.
134. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein [XJn is represented by the formula: J6J7 (X) [SEQ ID NO: 10] wherein: at least one of J6 and J7 are present, in which
J6 is selected from a hydrophobic or small amino acid residue, or modified form thereof; and
J7 is selected from a small or hydrophobic amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
135. The aggregate of claim 134, wherem J6 is Leu or Gly, or modified form thereof.
136. The aggregate of claim 134, wherein J7 is Ser or Leu, or modified form thereof.
137. The aggregate of claim 114, wherem X6 is Ala, or modified form thereof.
138. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein X6 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue selected from Val or Leu, or modified form thereof.
139. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein X7 is a small amino acid residue selected from Ala, Gly or Thr, or modified form thereof.
140. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein X7 is Leu, or modified form thereof.
141. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein X8 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue selected from Leu or Val, or modified form thereof.
142. The aggregate of claim 114, wherem X8 is a small amino acid residue selected from Ala or Ser, or modified form thereof.
143. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein X9 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue selected from Val or Leu, or modified form thereof.
144. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein X9 is a small amino acid residue selected from Ala or Gly, or modified form.
145. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein X]0 is Gin or modified form thereof.
146. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein Xio is a hydrophobic amino acid residue selected from He, Val or Phe, or modified form.
147. The aggregate of claim 114, wherem Xn is a small amino acid residue selected from Pro, Ala or Thr or modified form thereof.
148. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein Xn is Phe or modified form thereof.
149. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein Xn is Gin, or modified form thereof.
150. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein Xu is a small amino acid residue selected from Ala, Ser or Thr, or modified form thereof.
151. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein Xι3 is a hydrophobic amino acid residue selected from Val, He or Met, or modified form thereof.
152. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein Xi3 is Ala or modified form thereof.
153. The aggregate of claim 114, wherem Xi4 is selected from Pro or Ala, or modified form thereof.
154. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein Xι5 is Gin, or modified form thereof.
155. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein Xi5 is Asp, or modified form thereof.
156. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein X15 is Leu, or modified form thereof.
157. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein Xi 6 is Ala, or modified form thereof.
158. The aggregate of claim 114, wherein Zi is represented by the formula:
J8J9Jιo (XT) [SEQ ID NO: 11] wherein: J8 is a small amino acid residue, or modified form thereof;
J9 is absent or is a charged amino acid residue, or modified form thereof, provided that J§ is also present; and
Jio is absent or is a charged amino acid residue, or modified form thereof, provided that J9 is also present.
159. The aggregate of claim 158, wherein J8 is Thr, or modified form thereof.
160. The aggregate of claim 158, wherein J9 is a basic amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
161. The aggregate of claim 158, wherein J9 is Lys, or modified form thereof.
162. The aggregate of claim 158, wherein Jι0 is a basic amino acid residue, or modified form thereof.
163. The aggregate of claim 158, wherein Jι0 is Lys, or modified form thereof.
164. An isolated or purified chimeric molecule comprising a self-coalescing element that is obtainable or derivable from a membrane translocating sequence or variant thereof, which is fused attached or otherwise associated with a molecule of interest.
165. The chimeric molecule of claim 164, further comprising a linker or spacer molecule which spaces the molecule of interest from the self-coalescing element sufficiently so as to promote the proper folding of the molecule of interest.
166. The chimeric molecule of claim 165, wherein the linker or spacer molecule spaces the molecule of interest from the self-coalescing element sufficiently such that the molecule of interest retains a desired activity when the chimeric molecule forms aggregates with other chimeric molecules.
167. The chimeric molecule of claim 165, wherein the linker or spacer molecule prevents or reduces any intracellular cleavage of the self-coalescing element from the molecule of interest.
168. The chimeric molecule of claim 165, wherein the linker or spacer molecule is from about 1 to about 100 atoms in length.
169. The chimeric molecule of claim 165, wherein the linker or spacer molecule is from about 1 to about 50 amino acid residues in length.
170. The chimeric molecule of claim 165, wherein the linker or spacer molecule is an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ED NO:167, 169, 171, 173, 175, 179, 181 and 183.
171. A polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence that encodes the chimeric molecule of any one of claims 164 to 170.
172. A vector that comprises a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence that encodes the chimeric molecule of any one of claims 164 to 170, operably linked to a regulatory element.
173. A host cell containing a vector that comprises a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence that encodes the chimeric molecule of any one of claims 164 to 170, operably linked to a regulatory element.
174. A genetically modified animal having cells that comprise a polynucleotide comprising a nucleotide sequence that encodes the chimeric molecule of any one of claims 164 to
170, operably linked to a regulatory element.
175. A method for enhancing the activity of a molecule of interest, or for combining distinct activities of different molecules of interest, the method comprising linking, fusing or otherwise associating individual molecules of interest with a self-coalescing element that is obtainable or derivable from a membrane translocating sequence or variant thereof, wherein a chimeric molecule thus produced is caused by the self-coalescing element to coalesce with other chimeric molecules into a higher molecular weight aggregate.
176. A pharmaceutical or veterinary composition comprising the aggregate of any one of claims 1, 51, 113 and 114, and a carrier .
177. An immunopotentiating composition comprising the aggregate of any one of claims 1, 51, 113 and 114, and optionally an adjuvant.
178. A method of treating or preventing a disease or condition in a patient, comprising administering an effective amount of an aggregate according to any one of claims 1, 51, 113 and 114.
PCT/AU2003/000667 2002-05-31 2003-05-30 Self-coalescing or self-aggregating proteins derived from a membrane translocating sequence WO2003102187A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP03722087A EP1511846A4 (en) 2002-05-31 2003-05-30 Self-coalescing or self-aggregating proteins derived from a membrane translocating sequence
JP2004510425A JP2005528107A (en) 2002-05-31 2003-05-30 Self-union or self-aggregation chimeric protein derived from membrane translocation sequence
AU2003229392A AU2003229392A1 (en) 2002-05-31 2003-05-30 Self-coalescing or self-aggregating proteins derived from a membrane translocating sequence

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US38487802P 2002-05-31 2002-05-31
US60/384,878 2002-05-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2003102187A1 true WO2003102187A1 (en) 2003-12-11

Family

ID=29712103

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/AU2003/000667 WO2003102187A1 (en) 2002-05-31 2003-05-30 Self-coalescing or self-aggregating proteins derived from a membrane translocating sequence

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US20040029179A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1511846A4 (en)
JP (1) JP2005528107A (en)
KR (1) KR20050042082A (en)
CN (1) CN1665931A (en)
AU (1) AU2003229392A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2003102187A1 (en)

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007071789A1 (en) 2005-12-22 2007-06-28 Vib Vzw Means and methods for mediating protein interference
WO2009048961A1 (en) * 2007-10-08 2009-04-16 Anaphore, Inc. Trimeric il-1ra
WO2009145489A3 (en) * 2008-04-04 2010-01-21 주식회사 프로셀제약 Cell-permeable endostatin recombinant protein, a polynucleotide coated with the same, and an anti-cancer preparation containing the same as an active component
US8669418B2 (en) 2005-12-22 2014-03-11 Vib Vzw Means and methods for mediating protein interference
WO2015162486A1 (en) * 2014-04-22 2015-10-29 Txp Pharma Gmbh Linear gamma msh with c- and / or n-terminal extensions of lysine and / or glutamic acid residues
US10927360B1 (en) 2019-08-07 2021-02-23 Clara Foods Co. Compositions comprising digestive enzymes
US11160299B2 (en) 2019-07-11 2021-11-02 Clara Foods Co. Protein compositions and consumable products thereof
US11279748B2 (en) 2014-11-11 2022-03-22 Clara Foods Co. Recombinant animal-free food compositions and methods of making them
US11872262B2 (en) 2017-05-09 2024-01-16 Vib Vzw Means and methods for treating bacterial infections

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005037261A1 (en) * 2003-10-14 2005-04-28 Biomira, Inc. Combination therapy for cancer
EP1926747A1 (en) * 2005-08-12 2008-06-04 Schering Corporation Mcp1 fusions
KR100759495B1 (en) * 2006-02-17 2007-09-18 재단법인서울대학교산학협력재단 Self-Assembly Nano-Composites Comprising Hydrophilic Bioactive Peptides and Hydrophobic Materials
US8524217B2 (en) 2010-05-11 2013-09-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. MCP1-Ig fusion variants
US20130252924A1 (en) * 2010-11-11 2013-09-26 Akron Molecules Gmbh Compounds and Methods for Treating Pain
WO2012122985A1 (en) * 2011-03-14 2012-09-20 University Of Copenhagen Antagonists of the interleukin- 1 receptor
PT2782598T (en) * 2011-11-23 2020-09-02 In3Bio Ltd Codan Services Ltd Recombinant proteins and their therapeutic uses
KR101705603B1 (en) * 2015-03-19 2017-02-13 을지대학교 산학협력단 cell-penetrating protein from enterobacteriacea and use thereof
US11180535B1 (en) 2016-12-07 2021-11-23 David Gordon Bermudes Saccharide binding, tumor penetration, and cytotoxic antitumor chimeric peptides from therapeutic bacteria
WO2018156106A1 (en) * 2017-02-22 2018-08-30 Ding Enyu An mrna cancer vaccine encoding human gm-csf fused to multiple tandem epitopes
KR20200078312A (en) * 2018-12-21 2020-07-01 한미약품 주식회사 Novel immune suppressing IL-2 analogs
CN110540601B (en) * 2019-07-29 2021-06-29 因之彩生物科技(武汉)有限公司 Recombinant PLB-hEGF fusion protein and application thereof
CN116041426B (en) * 2022-08-18 2023-11-03 齐齐哈尔大学 Zein-derived anti-adhesion peptide and preparation method and application thereof

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5348867A (en) * 1991-11-15 1994-09-20 George Georgiou Expression of proteins on bacterial surface
WO1997035887A1 (en) * 1996-03-26 1997-10-02 Amrad Operations Pty. Ltd. Precursors of catalytic antibodies

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2237704A1 (en) * 1998-07-14 2000-01-14 University Of British Columbia Cleavage of caulobacter produced recombinant fusion proteins

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5348867A (en) * 1991-11-15 1994-09-20 George Georgiou Expression of proteins on bacterial surface
WO1997035887A1 (en) * 1996-03-26 1997-10-02 Amrad Operations Pty. Ltd. Precursors of catalytic antibodies

Non-Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BOWDEN G.A. ET AL.: "Folding and aggregation of beta-lactamase in the periplasmic space of escherichia coli", THE JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 265, no. 28, 5 October 1990 (1990-10-05), pages 16760 - 16766, XP008045306 *
GOTT P. ET AL.: "Antigenicity of hantavirus nucleocapsid proteins expressed in E. coli", VIRUS RESEARCH, vol. 19, 1991, pages 1 - 16 *
HALFMANN G. ET AL.: "Targeting of interleukin-2 to the periplasm of escherichia coli", JOURNAL OF GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY, vol. 139, 1993, pages 2465 - 2473, XP008045309 *
See also references of EP1511846A4 *
SHIBUI T. ET AL.: "High-level secretion of human apolipoprotein E produced in escherichia coli: use of a secretion plasmid containing tandemly polymerised ompF-hybrid gene", JOURNAL OF BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 17, 1991, pages 109 - 120 *
TAKAHARA M. ET AL.: "The ompA signal peptide directed secretion of staphylococcal nuclease A by escherichia coli", THE JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 260, no. 5, 10 March 1985 (1985-03-10), pages 2670 - 2674, XP008045305 *

Cited By (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9095556B2 (en) 2005-12-22 2015-08-04 Vib Vzw Method for inducing protein aggregation using a polypeptide with an aggregation region
US10336791B2 (en) 2005-12-22 2019-07-02 Vib Vzw Means and methods for mediating protein interference
EP2345417A1 (en) 2005-12-22 2011-07-20 Vib Vzw Means and methods for mediating protein interference
WO2007071789A1 (en) 2005-12-22 2007-06-28 Vib Vzw Means and methods for mediating protein interference
US8669418B2 (en) 2005-12-22 2014-03-11 Vib Vzw Means and methods for mediating protein interference
WO2009048961A1 (en) * 2007-10-08 2009-04-16 Anaphore, Inc. Trimeric il-1ra
US8586544B2 (en) 2008-04-04 2013-11-19 Procell Therapeutics Inc. Cell-permeable endostatin recombinant protein, a polynucleotide encoding the same, and an anti-cancer preparation containing the same as an active component
WO2009145489A3 (en) * 2008-04-04 2010-01-21 주식회사 프로셀제약 Cell-permeable endostatin recombinant protein, a polynucleotide coated with the same, and an anti-cancer preparation containing the same as an active component
WO2015162486A1 (en) * 2014-04-22 2015-10-29 Txp Pharma Gmbh Linear gamma msh with c- and / or n-terminal extensions of lysine and / or glutamic acid residues
US11279748B2 (en) 2014-11-11 2022-03-22 Clara Foods Co. Recombinant animal-free food compositions and methods of making them
US11518797B2 (en) 2014-11-11 2022-12-06 Clara Foods Co. Methods and compositions for egg white protein production
US11872262B2 (en) 2017-05-09 2024-01-16 Vib Vzw Means and methods for treating bacterial infections
US11160299B2 (en) 2019-07-11 2021-11-02 Clara Foods Co. Protein compositions and consumable products thereof
US11800887B2 (en) 2019-07-11 2023-10-31 Clara Foods Co. Protein compositions and consumable products thereof
US11974592B1 (en) 2019-07-11 2024-05-07 Clara Foods Co. Protein compositions and consumable products thereof
US10927360B1 (en) 2019-08-07 2021-02-23 Clara Foods Co. Compositions comprising digestive enzymes
US11142754B2 (en) 2019-08-07 2021-10-12 Clara Foods Co. Compositions comprising digestive enzymes
US11649445B2 (en) 2019-08-07 2023-05-16 Clara Foods Co. Compositions comprising digestive enzymes

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20040029179A1 (en) 2004-02-12
EP1511846A1 (en) 2005-03-09
JP2005528107A (en) 2005-09-22
EP1511846A4 (en) 2007-03-28
KR20050042082A (en) 2005-05-04
AU2003229392A1 (en) 2003-12-19
CN1665931A (en) 2005-09-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20040029179A1 (en) Higher molecular weight entities and uses therefor
AU618722B2 (en) Recombinant pseudomanas exotoxin: construction of an active immunotoxin with low side effects
US8048985B2 (en) Diphtheria toxin variant
US6197302B1 (en) Method of stimulating T cells
AU2001275246B2 (en) T cell receptor fusions and conjugates and methods of use thereof
JP3129437B2 (en) Purification-directed cloning of peptides
CN1283659C (en) Truncated glial cell line-derived neurotrophic factor
JPH0542413B2 (en)
US20090028884A1 (en) Oligomeric receptor ligand pair member complexes
AU2011200649A1 (en) Methods for obtaining molecules with reduced immunogenicity
TW201831207A (en) Long-acting conjugate of a physiologically active material and use thereof
US20230235079A1 (en) Antibody Conjugates and Methods of Making and Using the Same
JP4699612B2 (en) T helper cell epitope
US20110008341A1 (en) Polypeptides and methods for making the same
WO1993015751A1 (en) CHIMERIC TOXINS BINDING TO THE GnRH RECEPTOR
EP0920328A1 (en) Allogeneic histocompatibility complexes as mediators of cell destruction
AU1146597A (en) Compositions and method for stimulating antibody release by b lymphocytes
JPS62187490A (en) Bovine growth hormone release factor derivative
JPH06503553A (en) Chimeric toxins with improved interdomain geometry
CN111500612A (en) Soluble porcine gastrin releasing peptide fusion protein expression vector and application thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NI NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003229392

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 536856

Country of ref document: NZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020047019541

Country of ref document: KR

Ref document number: 2004510425

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 3786/DELNP/2004

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003722087

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 20038157632

Country of ref document: CN

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2003722087

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020047019541

Country of ref document: KR

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 2003722087

Country of ref document: EP